Перевод: со всех языков на английский

regard+m+vide

1 vide

vide [vid]

1. adjective

empty

• vide de sens meaningless

2. masculine noun

   a. ( = absence d'air) vacuum

• faire le vide dans un récipient to create a vacuum in a container

• sous vide under vacuum

• emballé sous vide vacuum-packed

• emballage sous vide vacuum packing

   b. ( = trou) gap

• vide sanitaire underfloor space

   c. ( = abîme) drop

• le vide ( = l'espace) the void

• être au-dessus du vide to be over a drop

• tomber dans le vide to fall into empty space

• j'ai peur du vide I am afraid of heights

   d. ( = néant) emptiness

• regarder dans le vide to stare into space

• faire le vide autour de soi to isolate o.s.

• faire le vide dans son esprit to empty one's mind

• parler dans le vide (sans objet) to talk vacuously ; (personne n'écoute) to waste one's breath

• tourner à vide [engrenage, mécanisme] to turn without gripping

• la politique sociale actuelle tourne à vide the current social policy is not producing results

   e. ( = manque) son départ laisse un grand vide his departure leaves a great void

• vide juridique legal loophole

* * *
vid
1.

adjectif

1) ( sans contenu) [boîte] empty; [cassette, page] blank

les mains vides — fig empty-handed

tu l'as loué vide ou meublé? — are you renting it unfurnished or furnished?

2) (dépeuplé, inoccupé) [salle, rue, fauteuil] empty; [appartement] empty, vacant

3) (sans intérêt, substance, idées) [vie, slogan, esprit] empty; [regard] vacant

j'ai la tête vide — my mind is a blank

vide d'intérêt — devoid of any interest

vide de sens — meaningless

2.

nom masculin

1) ( espace) space

sauter or se jeter dans le vide — lit to jump into space; fig to leap into the unknown

et au-dessous de lui, le vide — ( alpiniste) and below him, a sheer drop; ( acrobate) and nothing between him and the ground

être attiré par le vide — to be drawn toward(s) the edge

parler dans le vide — ( sans auditeur) to talk to oneself; ( sans sujet) to talk at random

promettre dans le vide — fig to make empty promises

2) Physique vacuum

emballé sous vide — vacuum packed

faire le vide autour de soi — fig to drive everybody away

j'ai besoin de faire le vide dans ma tête — I need to forget about everything

3) ( absence à combler) vacuum, void; ( absence douloureuse) void

combler un vide — to fill a vacuum

4) ( vacuité) emptiness

le vide de l'existence — the emptiness of life

5) ( trou) ( entre deux objets) gap, empty space; ( dans un emploi du temps) gap

combler un or le vide — lit, fig to fill a gap

3.

à vide locution adverbiale ( sans contenu) empty; ( sans résultat) with no result

la clé tourne à vide — the key is not catching

camion à vide — truck without a load

* * *
vid
1. adj

empty

vide de — empty of

vide de sens — devoid of meaning

2. nm

1) PHYSIQUE vacuum

sous vide — in a vacuum

emballé sous vide — vacuum-packed

2) (espace) empty space, gap

3) (abîme) [falaise] drop

avoir peur du vide — to be afraid of heights

4) (= futilité, néant) void

5) (autres locutions)

à vide (= sans occupants) — empty, (= sans charge) unladen, TECHNIQUEwithout being in gear

faire le vide dans son esprit — to make one's mind go blank

faire le vide autour de qn — to isolate sb

regarder dans le vide — to stare into space

parler dans le vide — to waste one's breath

* * *

vide

A adj

1 ( sans contenu) [lieu, boîte] empty (de of); [cassette, page] blank; ensemble vide Math empty set; les mains vides fig empty-handed; vide de son contenu empty of its contents; pièce vide de meubles room empty of furniture; tu l'as loué vide ou meublé? are you renting it unfurnished or furnished?, are you renting it empty or furnished?;

2 (dépeuplé, inoccupé) [salle, rue, fauteuil] empty (de of); [appartement] empty (de of), vacant; la maison est vide sans les enfants the house seems empty without the children; vide de tout habitant empty of all inhabitants;

3 (sans intérêt, substance, idées) [vie, slogan, esprit, journée] empty; [regard] vacant; se sentir vide to feel empty; j'ai la tête vide my mind is a blank; vide d'intérêt devoid of any interest; vide de sens meaningless.

B nm

1 ( espace) space; suspendu dans le vide dangling in space; sauter or se jeter dans le vide lit to jump into space; fig to leap into the unknown; et au-dessous de lui, le vide ( alpiniste) and below him, a sheer drop; ( acrobate) and nothing between him and the ground; être attiré par le vide to be drawn toward(s) the edge; être penché au-dessus du vide ( en montagne) to be on the edge of a sheer drop; ( d'une tour) to be leaning over and looking down into space; regarder dans le vide to stare into space; parler dans le vide ( sans auditeur) to talk to oneself; ( sans sujet) to talk at random; promettre dans le vide fig to make empty promises;

2 Phys vacuum; vide absolu absolute vacuum; la nature a horreur du vide nature abhors a vacuum; emballé sous vide vacuum packed; du café sous vide vacuum-packed coffee; pompe à (faire le) vide vacuum pump; faire le vide to create a vacuum; faire le vide autour de soi fig to drive everybody away; j'ai besoin de faire le vide dans ma tête I need to forget about everything;

3 ( absence à combler) vacuum, void; ( absence douloureuse) void; vide politique/intellectuel political/intellectual vacuum; laisser/créer/combler un vide to leave/create/fill a vacuum; sa mort a laissé un grand vide dans ma vie his/her death left a great void ou emptiness in my life;

4 ( vacuité) emptiness; le vide de l'existence/de leurs propos the emptiness of life/of their words;

5 ( trou) ( entre deux objets) gap, empty space; ( dans un emploi du temps) gap; combler un or le vide lit, fig to fill a gap.

C à vide loc adv ( sans contenu) empty; ( sans résultat) with no result; la clé tourne à vide the key is not catching; essai à vide no-load test; camion à vide truck without a load.

Composés

vide juridique gap ou lacuna in the law; vide sanitaire crawl space, underfloor ventilation space.

[vid] adjectif

1. [sans contenu] empty

tasse à demi vide half-empty cup

un espace vide

a. [entre deux objets] an empty space

b. [sur un document] a blank space

une pièce vide an empty ou unfurnished room

avoir le ventre ou l'estomac vide to have an empty stomach

j'ai la tête ou l'esprit complètement vide I can't think straight

un regard vide a vacant stare

vide de devoid of

des remarques vides de sens meaningless remarks, remarks devoid of meaning

2. [sans occupant] empty

3. [sans intérêt - personnalité, vie] empty

4. [dénudé - mur] bare, empty

————————

[vid] nom masculin

1. ASTRONOMIE

le vide (empty) space, the void

2. [néant] space

regarder dans le vide to stare into space

parler dans le vide

a. [sans auditoire] to address empty space

b. [sans contenu] to talk vacuously

faire des promesses dans le vide to make empty promises

3. PHYSIQUE vacuum

faire le vide [dans un vase clos] to create a vacuum

(figuré)

faire le vide autour de soi to drive all one's friends away

faire le vide autour de quelqu'un to isolate somebody

faire le vide dans son esprit to make one's mind go blank

4. [distance qui sépare du sol] (empty) space

la maison est construite, en partie, au-dessus du vide part of the house is built over a drop

avoir peur du vide to be scared of heights

pendre dans le vide to hang in mid-air

tomber dans le vide to fall into (empty) space

5. [trou - entre deux choses] space, gap ; [ - entre les mots ou les lignes d'un texte] space, blank

6. [lacune] void, gap, blank

son départ a laissé un grand vide dans ma vie she left a gaping void in my life when she went

vide juridique DROIT legal vacuum

il y a un vide juridique en la matière the law is not specific on this matter

7. [manque d'intérêt] emptiness, void

8. CONSTRUCTION

vide d'air air space

vide sanitaire ventilation space

————————

à vide locution adjectivale

1. [hors fonctionnement] no-load

2. [sans air]

cellule/tube/cuve à vide vacuum photocell/tube/tank

————————

à vide locution adverbiale

le moteur tourne à vide the engine's ticking over ou idling

les usines tournent à vide the factories are running but not producing

————————

sous vide locution adjectivale

vacuum (modificateur)

————————

sous vide locution adverbiale

emballé sous vide vacuum-packed

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > vide
2 vidé

vide [vid]

1. adjective

empty

• vide de sens meaningless

2. masculine noun

   a. ( = absence d'air) vacuum

• faire le vide dans un récipient to create a vacuum in a container

• sous vide under vacuum

• emballé sous vide vacuum-packed

• emballage sous vide vacuum packing

   b. ( = trou) gap

• vide sanitaire underfloor space

   c. ( = abîme) drop

• le vide ( = l'espace) the void

• être au-dessus du vide to be over a drop

• tomber dans le vide to fall into empty space

• j'ai peur du vide I am afraid of heights

   d. ( = néant) emptiness

• regarder dans le vide to stare into space

• faire le vide autour de soi to isolate o.s.

• faire le vide dans son esprit to empty one's mind

• parler dans le vide (sans objet) to talk vacuously ; (personne n'écoute) to waste one's breath

• tourner à vide [engrenage, mécanisme] to turn without gripping

• la politique sociale actuelle tourne à vide the current social policy is not producing results

   e. ( = manque) son départ laisse un grand vide his departure leaves a great void

• vide juridique legal loophole

* * *
vid
1.

adjectif

1) ( sans contenu) [boîte] empty; [cassette, page] blank

les mains vides — fig empty-handed

tu l'as loué vide ou meublé? — are you renting it unfurnished or furnished?

2) (dépeuplé, inoccupé) [salle, rue, fauteuil] empty; [appartement] empty, vacant

3) (sans intérêt, substance, idées) [vie, slogan, esprit] empty; [regard] vacant

j'ai la tête vide — my mind is a blank

vide d'intérêt — devoid of any interest

vide de sens — meaningless

2.

nom masculin

1) ( espace) space

sauter or se jeter dans le vide — lit to jump into space; fig to leap into the unknown

et au-dessous de lui, le vide — ( alpiniste) and below him, a sheer drop; ( acrobate) and nothing between him and the ground

être attiré par le vide — to be drawn toward(s) the edge

parler dans le vide — ( sans auditeur) to talk to oneself; ( sans sujet) to talk at random

promettre dans le vide — fig to make empty promises

2) Physique vacuum

emballé sous vide — vacuum packed

faire le vide autour de soi — fig to drive everybody away

j'ai besoin de faire le vide dans ma tête — I need to forget about everything

3) ( absence à combler) vacuum, void; ( absence douloureuse) void

combler un vide — to fill a vacuum

4) ( vacuité) emptiness

le vide de l'existence — the emptiness of life

5) ( trou) ( entre deux objets) gap, empty space; ( dans un emploi du temps) gap

combler un or le vide — lit, fig to fill a gap

3.

à vide locution adverbiale ( sans contenu) empty; ( sans résultat) with no result

la clé tourne à vide — the key is not catching

camion à vide — truck without a load

* * *
vid
1. adj

empty

vide de — empty of

vide de sens — devoid of meaning

2. nm

1) PHYSIQUE vacuum

sous vide — in a vacuum

emballé sous vide — vacuum-packed

2) (espace) empty space, gap

3) (abîme) [falaise] drop

avoir peur du vide — to be afraid of heights

4) (= futilité, néant) void

5) (autres locutions)

à vide (= sans occupants) — empty, (= sans charge) unladen, TECHNIQUEwithout being in gear

faire le vide dans son esprit — to make one's mind go blank

faire le vide autour de qn — to isolate sb

regarder dans le vide — to stare into space

parler dans le vide — to waste one's breath

* * *

vide

A adj

1 ( sans contenu) [lieu, boîte] empty (de of); [cassette, page] blank; ensemble vide Math empty set; les mains vides fig empty-handed; vide de son contenu empty of its contents; pièce vide de meubles room empty of furniture; tu l'as loué vide ou meublé? are you renting it unfurnished or furnished?, are you renting it empty or furnished?;

2 (dépeuplé, inoccupé) [salle, rue, fauteuil] empty (de of); [appartement] empty (de of), vacant; la maison est vide sans les enfants the house seems empty without the children; vide de tout habitant empty of all inhabitants;

3 (sans intérêt, substance, idées) [vie, slogan, esprit, journée] empty; [regard] vacant; se sentir vide to feel empty; j'ai la tête vide my mind is a blank; vide d'intérêt devoid of any interest; vide de sens meaningless.

B nm

1 ( espace) space; suspendu dans le vide dangling in space; sauter or se jeter dans le vide lit to jump into space; fig to leap into the unknown; et au-dessous de lui, le vide ( alpiniste) and below him, a sheer drop; ( acrobate) and nothing between him and the ground; être attiré par le vide to be drawn toward(s) the edge; être penché au-dessus du vide ( en montagne) to be on the edge of a sheer drop; ( d'une tour) to be leaning over and looking down into space; regarder dans le vide to stare into space; parler dans le vide ( sans auditeur) to talk to oneself; ( sans sujet) to talk at random; promettre dans le vide fig to make empty promises;

2 Phys vacuum; vide absolu absolute vacuum; la nature a horreur du vide nature abhors a vacuum; emballé sous vide vacuum packed; du café sous vide vacuum-packed coffee; pompe à (faire le) vide vacuum pump; faire le vide to create a vacuum; faire le vide autour de soi fig to drive everybody away; j'ai besoin de faire le vide dans ma tête I need to forget about everything;

3 ( absence à combler) vacuum, void; ( absence douloureuse) void; vide politique/intellectuel political/intellectual vacuum; laisser/créer/combler un vide to leave/create/fill a vacuum; sa mort a laissé un grand vide dans ma vie his/her death left a great void ou emptiness in my life;

4 ( vacuité) emptiness; le vide de l'existence/de leurs propos the emptiness of life/of their words;

5 ( trou) ( entre deux objets) gap, empty space; ( dans un emploi du temps) gap; combler un or le vide lit, fig to fill a gap.

C à vide loc adv ( sans contenu) empty; ( sans résultat) with no result; la clé tourne à vide the key is not catching; essai à vide no-load test; camion à vide truck without a load.

Composés

vide juridique gap ou lacuna in the law; vide sanitaire crawl space, underfloor ventilation space.

( féminin vidée) [vide] adjectif

1. [volaille] drawn, cleaned

[poisson] gutted

vendre des poulets vidés to sell chickens without giblets

2. (familier) [fatigué] exhausted, worn out

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > vidé
3 regard

regard [ʀ(ə)gaʀ]

masculine noun

   a. ( = yeux) eyes

• son regard se posa sur moi his eyes came to rest on me

• soustraire qch aux regards to hide sth from sight

• tous les regards étaient fixés sur elle all eyes were on her

• il restait assis, le regard perdu (dans le vide) he was sitting there, staring into space

• son regard était dur/tendre he had a hard/tender look in his eye

• il avançait, le regard fixe he was walking along with a fixed stare

• sous le regard attentif de sa mère under his mother's watchful eye

• sous le regard des caméras in front of the cameras

   b. ( = coup d'œil) look

• échanger des regards avec qn to exchange looks with sb

• échanger des regards d'intelligence to exchange knowing looks

• au premier regard at first glance

• regard en coin sidelong glance

• il lui lança un regard noir he shot him a black look

• il jeta un dernier regard en arrière he took one last look behind him

   c. ( = point de vue) porter or jeter un regard critique sur qch to take a critical look at sth

   d. [d'égout] manhole

   e. (locutions)

► au regard de

• au regard de la loi in the eyes of the law► en regard

• mettre en regard [+ théories, œuvres, situations] to compare► en regard de compared to

• ce n'est rien en regard de ce qu'il a subi it's nothing compared to what he has suffered

* * *
ʀ(ə)gaʀ
1.

nom masculin

1) ( action de regarder) look

porter son regard sur quelque chose — to look at something

détourner le regard — to look away

chercher quelqu'un du regard — to look around for somebody

interroger quelqu'un du regard — to look enquiringly GB ou inquiringly US at somebody

suivre quelque chose/quelqu'un du regard — to follow something/somebody with one's eyes

elle attire tous les regards — everyone looks at her

jeter un regard rapide à or sur quelque chose — to glance at something

j'ai croisé son regard — our eyes met

échanger des regards — to exchange looks

loin or à l'abri des regards indiscrets — far from prying eyes

soustraire quelque chose aux regards — to conceal something from view

2) ( yeux) eyes (pl)

un regard clair — light-coloured [BrE] eyes

3) ( expression) expression

son regard triste — his/her sad expression

elle a un regard intelligent — she looks intelligent

sous le regard amusé de quelqu'un — under the amused eye of somebody

jeter un regard noir à quelqu'un — to give somebody a black look

4) ( manière de juger) eye

le regard des autres — other people's opinion

porter un regard nouveau sur quelque chose — to take a fresh look at something

2.

au regard de locution prépositive fml with regard to

au regard du chômage — with regard to unemployment

au regard de la loi — in the eyes of the law

3.

en regard de locution prépositive fml compared with

4.

en regard locution adverbiale

avec une carte en regard — with a map on the opposite page

* * *
ʀ(ə)ɡaʀ nm
1) (action de regarder, yeux) look, (= coup d'œil) glance

Il lui a jeté un regard méfiant. — He gave him a wary look., He looked at him warily.

menacer du regard — to look threateningly at

Tous les regards se sont tournés vers lui. — All eyes turned towards him.

parcourir du regard — to cast an eye over

au regard de — with regard to

au regard de la loi — in the eyes of the law

en regard (= vis à vis) — opposite

en regard de — in comparison with

2) (= expression) look in one's eye

On voyait à son regard qu'elle était contrariée. — You could tell from the look in her eyes that she was upset.

3) (= ouverture) inspection hole, [égout] manhole

* * *

regard

A nm

1 ( action de regarder) look; porter son regard sur qch to look at sth; diriger son regard vers qch to look toward(s) sth; détourner le regard to look away; chercher qch/qn du regard to look around for sth/sb; interroger qn du regard to look enquiringly GB ou inquiringly US at sb; suivre qch/qn du regard to follow sth/sb with one's eyes; ‘suivez mon regard’ ‘follow my eyes’; avertir qn du regard to give sb a warning look; elle attire tous les regards everyone looks at her; jeter un regard rapide à or sur qch to have a quick look at sth, to glance at sth; ( en feuilletant) to glance through sth; regard en coin sidelong glance; regard fixe stare; avoir le regard fixe to have a fixed stare; avoir le regard perdu to have a blank ou vacant look; j'ai croisé son regard our eyes met; échanger des regards to exchange looks; soutenir le regard de qn to look sb straight in the eyes without flinching; loin or à l'abri des regards indiscrets far from prying eyes; soustraire qch aux regards to conceal sth from view; elle ne m'a pas accordé un seul regard she didn't even look at me;

2 ( yeux) eyes; un regard clair light-coloured^GB eyes;

3 ( expression) expression; son regard triste her sad expression; un regard timide a shy expression; un regard de colère an angry expression; elle a un regard intelligent she looks intelligent; d'un regard admiratif/inquiet admiringly/anxiously; sous le regard amusé/anxieux/envieux de qn under the amused/anxious/jealous eye of sb; jeter un regard noir à qn to give sb a black look; regard méchant glare; lancer or jeter un regard méchant à qn to glare at sb; son regard se durcissait his/her eyes hardened; on lisait la tristesse/joie dans son regard you could tell by his/her expression that he/she was sad/happy;

4 ( manière de juger) eye; le regard de l'anthropologue the anthropologist's eye; le regard des autres other people's opinion; c'est un autre regard sur la situation it's another way of looking at the situation; porter un regard critique sur qch to look critically at sth; porter un regard nouveau sur qch to take a fresh look at sth;

5 ( fait de fixer son attention sur) look; un bref regard sur l'actualité a quick look at the news;

6 Tech ( ouverture) spyhole; ( trappe) manhole.

B au regard de fml loc prép with regard to; au regard du chômage/du règlement with regard to unemployment/to the rules; au regard de la loi/du parti in the eyes of the law/of the party.

C en regard de fml loc prép ( en comparaison) compared with.

D en regard loc adv avec une carte en regard with a map on the opposite page; texte original avec la traduction en regard parallel text.

[rəgar] nom masculin

1. [expression] look, expression

son regard était haineux he had a look of hatred in his eye ou eyes, his eyes were full of hatred

un regard concupiscent a leer

un regard méfiant a suspicious look

2. [coup d'œil] look, glance, gaze

mon regard s'arrêta sur une fleur my eyes fell on a flower

attirer les regards to be the centre of attention

nos regards se croisèrent our eyes met

il a détourné le regard he averted his gaze, he looked away

ils échangèrent un regard de connivence they exchanged knowing looks

chercher du regard to look (around) for

interroger quelqu'un du regard to give somebody a questioning look

il est parti sans même un regard he left without even a backward glance

lancer un regard à quelqu'un to look at somebody, to glance at somebody

il lançait aux visiteurs des regards mauvais he glared at the visitors ou gave the visitors nasty looks

caché aux regards du public out of the public eye

loin des regards curieux far from prying eyes

porter un regard nouveau sur quelqu'un/quelque chose (figuré) to look at somebody/something in a new light

couver quelque chose/quelqu'un du regard to stare at something/somebody with greedy eyes

suivez mon regard (humoristique) mentioning no names

3. [d'égout] manhole

[de four] peephole

au regard de locution prépositionnelle

1. [aux termes de] in the eyes of

mes papiers sont en règle au regard de la loi my papers are in order from a legal point of view

2. [en comparaison avec] in comparison with, compared to

en regard locution adverbiale

un texte latin avec la traduction en regard a Latin text with a translation on the opposite page

en regard de locution prépositionnelle

1. [face à]

en regard de la colonne des chiffres facing ou opposite the column of figures

2. [en comparaison avec] compared with

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > regard
4 AF

of

* * *

prep. w. dat.

I. Of place:

1) off, from;

G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;

ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;

Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;

Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;

hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;

Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;

tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;

bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;

land af landi, from one land to the other;

hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;

vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;

muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;

rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;

vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;

lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;

vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;

2) out of;

verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;

gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;

Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.

Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.

II. Of time; past, beyond:

af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;

ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;

þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;

var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.

III. In various other relations:

1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;

hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;

vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;

féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;

þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;

þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;

ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;

2) off, of;

höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;

vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;

þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;

absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;

fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;

3) of, among;

hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;

4) with;

hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;

fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;

5) of (= ór which is more frequent);

húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;

6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;

hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;

7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;

ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;

kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;

8) by, of (after passive);

ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;

ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;

9) on account of, by reason of, by;

úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;

ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;

af ástæld hans, by his popularity;

af því, therefore;

af hví, wherefor why;

af því at, because;

10) by means of, by;

framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;

af sínu fé, by one’s own means;

absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;

11) with adjectives, in regard to;

mildr af fé, liberal of money;

góðr af griðum, merciful;

fastr af drykk, close (stingy) in regard to drink;

12) used absol. with a verb, off away;

hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;

ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;

sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.

* * *

prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.

A. Loc.

I. With motion, off, from:

1. prop. corresp. to á,

α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.

β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.

γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.

δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.

ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.

ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).

2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).

II. WITHOUT MOTION:

1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.

2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.

β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.

γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.

3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.

β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.

4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.

B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:

1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.

2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.

3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.

C. In various other relations:

I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.

1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.

2. where an object is taken by force:

α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.

β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.

γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.

3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.

β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.

II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.

β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.

γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.

2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.

β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.

γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.

δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.

3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.

III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.

2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.

IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:

1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.

β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.

2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.

β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.

V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:

1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.

2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.

VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:

1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.

β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.

2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.

β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.

3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.

4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.

5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.

VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:

1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.

β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.

2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.

VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.

IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.

β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;

γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.

δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.

X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.

2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.

XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).

D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:

I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.

II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF
5 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
6 lancer

lancer [lɑ̃se]

➭ TABLE 3

1. transitive verb

   a. ( = jeter) to throw

• lancer qch à qn (pour qu'il l'attrape) to throw sth to sb ; (agressivement) to throw sth at sb

• lance-moi mes clés throw me my keys

• lancer sa ligne to cast one's line

• lance ta jambe en avant kick your leg up

• lancer le poids to put the shot

   b. [+ flèche, obus] to fire ; [+ bombe] to drop ; [+ fusée, torpille] to launch

• ses yeux lançaient des éclairs his eyes blazed with anger

• elle lui lança un coup d'œil furieux she darted a furious glance at him

   c. ( = émettre) [+ accusations, injures] to hurl ; [+ avertissement, mandat d'arrêt] to issue ; [+ théorie] to put forward ; [+ appel] to launch ; [+ SOS, signal, invitation] to send out

• lancer un cri to cry out

   d. ( = faire démarrer, déclencher) [+ navire, projet, entreprise, attaque] to launch ; [+ voiture] to get up to speed ; [+ processus, discussion] to start ; [+ emprunt] to issue ; [+ idée] to come up with

• lancer une application to launch an application

• lancer une impression to print

• une fois lancé, on ne peut plus l'arrêter ! once he gets warmed up there's no stopping him!

   e. ( = faire connaître) to launch

• lancer qn dans la politique to launch sb into politics

• c'est ce film qui l'a lancé it was this film that launched his career

2. reflexive verb

► se lancer

   a. (mutuellement) [+ balle] to throw to each other ; [+ injures, accusations] to exchange

   b. ( = sauter) to leap ; ( = se précipiter) to rush

• se lancer dans le vide to leap into space

• se lancer à l'assaut to leap to the attack

   c. ( = s'engager) se lancer à la recherche de to go off in search of

• se lancer dans [+ aventure, dépenses, travaux, grève] to embark on ; [+ discussion] to launch into ; [+ métier, politique] to go into ; [+ bataille] to pitch into

• se lancer dans la production de qch to start producing sth

3. masculine noun

(Sport) throw

• lancer franc free throw

• le lancer du disque/du javelot/du marteau the discus/javelin/hammer

• le lancer du poids putting the shot

• pêche au lancer casting

* * *

I
1. lɑ̃se
verbe transitif

1) ( jeter) to throw [ballon, caillou, javelot]

lancer un coup de pied/poing à quelqu'un — to kick/to punch somebody

2) (envoyer, mettre en route) to launch [satellite, fusée, navire]; to fire [flèche, missile] ( sur at); to drop [bombe]; to launch [offensive, projet, enquête, produit, chanteur]; to start up [engine]; to take [something] to full speed [véhicule]

lancer une voiture à 150 km/h — to take a car up to 150 kph

3) ( émettre) to throw out [fumée, flammes]; to give [regard, cri]; to put about [rumeur]; to issue [avis, ultimatum]; to send out [invitation]; to float [emprunt]

4) ( proférer) to hurl [insulte] (à at); to make [menace, accusation]; to let out [juron]; to crack [plaisanterie]

lancer une accusation à quelqu'un — to level an accusation at somebody

lança-t-il — he said

2.

(colloq) verbe intransitif ( élancer) to throb

3.

se lancer verbe pronominal

1) ( s'engager)

se lancer dans une explication — to launch into an explanation

se lancer dans l'informatique — to take up computing

se lancer dans les affaires — to go into business

2) ( sauter)

se lancer dans le vide — to jump

3) ( s'envoyer) ( pour attraper) to throw [something] to each other [ballon]; ( pour faire mal) to throw [something] at each other [pierre]; to exchange [insultes]

4) ( se faire connaître) [acteur] to make a name for oneself

II lɑ̃se
nom masculin

1) Sport

lancer du disque — discus event

lancer du poids — shot put (event)

2) ( à la pêche)

le lancer, la pêche au lancer — rod and reel fishing

* * *
lɑ̃se
1. nm

SPORT (= épreuve) throwing no pl

le lancer du javelot — javelin throwing

le lancer du poids — shot put

la pêche au lancer — rod and reel fishing

2. vt

1) (= jeter) [objet, ballon] to throw

lancer qch à qn — to throw sth to sb, to throw sb sth

Lance-moi le ballon! — Throw the ball to me!, Throw me the ball!, [injures] to hurl sth at sb

2) [missile, roquette] to fire

Ce modèle lance des roquettes. — This model fires rockets.

3)

lancer un cri — to shout out

lancer un appel pour qch — to call for sth

4) [produit, artiste] to launch

Ils viennent de lancer un nouveau modèle. — They've just launched a new model.

5) [fusée, bateau] to launch

lancer le moteur — to start the engine

6) [proclamation, mandat d'arrêt] to issue

7) [emprunt] to issue

* * *

lancer verb table: placer

A nm

1 Sport ( action) throwing; ( coup) throw; aire de lancer throwing area; le lancer du disque/javelot/marteau throwing the discus/javelin/hammer; le lancer du poids putting the shot; son troisième lancer his/her third throw;

2 Pêche le lancer, la pêche au lancer rod and reel fishing; prendre une truite au lancer to catch a trout with a rod and reel.

B vtr

1 ( jeter) to throw [ballon, caillou]; ( violemment) to hurl, to fling [objet]; Pêche to cast [ligne]; Sport to throw [disque, javelot, marteau]; lancer le poids to put the shot; lancer qch par terre/dans l'eau/en l'air to throw sth to the ground/in the water/(up) in the air; lancer qch à qn ( pour qu'il l 'attrape) to throw sth to sb; (pour faire peur, mal) to throw sth at sb; lance-moi la balle throw me the ball, throw the ball to me; lancer une assiette à la tête de qn to throw ou fling a plate at sb; il lance à 30 mètres Sport he can throw 30 metres^GB; lancer un coup de pied/poing à qn to kick/punch sb; lancer ses bras en avant to swing one's arms forward;

2 ( envoyer) to launch [satellite, fusée]; to fire [flèche, missile] (sur, à at); to drop [bombe] (sur on); lancer ses chiens après qn/sur une piste to set one's dogs on sb/on a trail; lancer son cheval dans la foule to spur one's horse forward into the crowd; lancer ses troupes à l'assaut to send one's troops into the attack; la cathédrale lance ses flèches vers le ciel the spires of the cathedral soar into the sky;

3 ( projeter) to throw out [fumée, flammes, lave, étincelles]; lancer des éclairs [yeux] to flash; lancer mille feux [bijou] to sparkle;

4 ( émettre) to give [regard, cri]; to sing [note]; to put out [rumeur]; to issue [avis, ultimatum, mandat d'amener]; to send out [SOS, invitation]; to float [emprunt, idée]; lancer une proposition au hasard to toss out a suggestion;

5 ( proférer) to hurl [insulte] (à at); to make [menace, accusation] (contre against); to let out [juron]; to crack [plaisanterie]; lancer une bêtise to say something silly; lancer une accusation à qn to level an accusation at sb; il m'a lancé que he told me that; lança-t-il he said; ‘à demain !’ lança-t-il ‘see you tomorrow!’ he called; lança-t-il avec désinvolture he said casually;

6 ( mettre en route) to launch [navire]; to launch [offensive, projet, enquête, affaire, campagne publicitaire]; Comm, Pub to launch [produit, marque, entreprise, chanteur]; lancer qn dans une carrière to launch sb on a career; c'est le film qui l'a lancé it's the film which made his name; lancer un pays sur la voie de la démocratisation to put a country on the road to democracy; lancer qn sur un sujet to start ou set sb off on a subject;

7 ( faire démarrer) to start up [engine]; to set [sth] going [balancier, hélice]; ( faire accélérer) to take [sth] to full speed [véhicule]; lancer une voiture à 150 km/h to take a car up to 150 kph; une fois le véhicule lancé once the vehicle has got up speed; le train était lancé à fond the train was tearing along; lancer un cheval to give a horse its head; lancer sa monture au galop to spur one's mount into a gallop;

8 Gén Civ lancer un pont sur une rivière to bridge a river, to throw a bridge across a river.

C ○vi ( élancer) to throb; mon doigt me lance my finger is throbbing.

D se lancer vpr

1 ( s'engager) se lancer dans to launch into [explication]; to embark on [opération, programme, dépenses]; to take up [passe-temps, informatique, cuisine]; se lancer dans les affaires/le surgelé to go into business/frozen foods; se lancer dans la lecture d'un roman to start reading a novel; se lancer dans des dépenses to get involved in expense; se lancer dans l'inconnu to venture into the unknown;

2 ( sauter) to leap, to jump; ( s'élancer) se lancer dans une course to set off on a race; se lancer à la conquête d'un pays/du marché to set out to conquer a country/to get the market; se lancer dans le vide to leap ou jump into space; se lancer du toit to jump off the roof; se lancer sur qn to leap at sb, to fall on sb; lance-toi! fig go on (then)!; j'hésitais mais je me suis quand même lancé I hesitated but eventually I went ahead;

3 ( prendre de l'élan) to get a run-up; recule pour que je me lance move back a bit so I can get a run at it ou get up some speed;

4 ( s'envoyer) [personnes] ( pour attraper) to throw [sth] to each other [ballon, objet]; ( pour faire mal) to throw [sth] at each other [pierre, projectile]; to exchange [injures, insultes];

5 ( se faire connaître) [chanteur, acteur] to make a name for oneself.

Composé

lancer franc ( au basket) free throw.

I

[lɑ̃se] nom masculin

1. PÊCHE casting

lancer léger/lourd fixed/free reel casting

2. SPORT throw

le lancer du disque the discus

le lancer du javelot the javelin

le lancer du poids the shot

II

[lɑ̃se] verbe transitif

A.[ENVOYER, ÉMETTRE]

1. [jeter] to throw

elle m'a lancé la balle she threw me the ball, she threw the ball to me

lancer la jambe en l'air to kick one's leg up

lancer le poids to put the shot

ils nous lançaient des regards curieux they looked at us curiously

ses yeux lançaient des éclairs her eyes flashed

lancer quelque chose à la figure de quelqu'un to throw something in somebody's face

2. [à l'aide d'un instrument] to fire, to shoot

[bombe] to drop

ASTRONAUTIQUE to launch

lancer un projectile téléguidé to fire a remote-controlled missile

3. [émettre - cri] to let out (inseparable) ; [ - remarque] to make

lancer un bon mot to crack a joke

lancer des injures à quelqu'un to hurl insults at somebody

4. [diffuser - décret, consigne] to send ou to put out (separable), to issue

lancer des invitations to send ou to give out invitations

lancer un SOS/un appel à la radio to send out an SOS/an appeal on the radio

lancer un mandat d'amener/un ultimatum to issue a summons/an ultimatum

lancer un emprunt to float a loan

lancer une souscription to start a fund

5. PÊCHE to cast

B.[METTRE EN MARCHE, FAIRE DÉBUTER]

1. [faire partir brusquement]

ils lancèrent les chiens sur les rôdeurs they set the dogs on the prowlers

lancer des troupes à l'attaque to send troops into the attack

[mettre en train - campagne] to launch ; [ - affaire] to set up ; [ - idée] to float ; [ - mode] to start

2. [faire fonctionner - généralement] to get going ou started, to start

[INFORMATIQUE - programme] to start

lancer un balancier to set a pendulum swinging

lancer un moteur to rev up ou to start an engine

une fois le moteur lancé once the engine is running

le train était lancé à 150 km/h quand... the train was hurtling along at 150 km/h when...

3. [faire connaître - produit] to launch

c'est ce roman/cette émission qui l'a lancé this novel/programme made him famous

4. (familier) [orienter - discussion] to get going

une fois qu'il est lancé sur ce sujet, on ne peut plus l'arrêter once he gets going on the subject, there's no stopping him

5. [engager] to lead

vous lancez le pays dans l'aventure you're leading the country into the unknown

6. MILITAIRE to launch

7. NAUTIQUE to launch

————————

[lɑ̃se] verbe intransitif

[élancer - douleur] to stab

ça me lance dans l'épaule, l'épaule me lance I've got a sharp stabbing pain in my shoulder

————————

se lancer verbe pronominal (emploi réciproque)

to throw at one another

elles se lançaient des injures they were hurling insults back and forth, they were exchanging insults

————————

se lancer verbe pronominal intransitif

1. [se précipiter] to throw oneself

[courir] to rush (headlong), to dash

se lancer à la poursuite de to set off in pursuit of

se lancer dans le vide to jump ou to throw oneself into empty space

2. [se mettre à parler]

se lancer sur un sujet to get going on a topic

3. [prendre l'initiative]

allez, lance-toi et demande une augmentation go on, take the plunge and ask for a rise

le bébé s'est lancé et a traversé la pièce the baby set off and crossed the room

————————

se lancer dans verbe pronominal plus préposition

1. [s'aventurer dans - explication, aventure] to embark on

ne te lance pas dans de grosses dépenses don't go spending a lot of money

2. [se mettre à pratiquer] to get involved in

se lancer dans la politique to take up politics

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > lancer
7 विद्

vid
1) cl. 2. P. Dhātup. XXIV, 56 ;

vetti ( vidmahe Br. ;
vedati, - te Up. MBh. ;
vidáti, - te AV. etc.;
vindati, - te MBh. etc.;
Impv. vidāṉ-karotu Pañcat. <cf. Pāṇ. 3-1, 41 >;
1. sg. impf. avedam, 2. sg. avet orﾠ aves Pāṇ. 8-2, 75, RV. etc.. etc.. ;
3. pl. avidus Br. ;
cf. Pāṇ. 3-4, 109 ;
avidan MBh. etc.;
pf. véda <often substituted for pr. vetti cf. Pāṇ. 3-4, 83 >, 3. pl. vidús orﾠ vidre RV. ;
viveda MBh. etc.;
vidāṉcakā́ra Br. etc. <cf. Pāṇ. 3-1, 38 ;
accord. toﾠ Vop. alsoﾠ vidām-babhūva>;
aor. avedīt ib. ;
vidām-akran TBr. ;
fut. veditā́ ṠBr. ;
vettā MBh. fut. vedishyati, - te Br. Up. ;
vetsyati, - te MBh. etc.;
inf. véditum, - tos Br. ;
vettum MBh. etc.;
ind. p. viditvā́ Br. etc.), to know, understand, perceive, learn, become orﾠ be acquainted with, be conscious of, have a correct notion of (with acc., in older, language alsoﾠ with gen.;
with inf. = to know how to) RV. etc. etc. ( viddhiyathā, « know that» ;
vidyāt, « one should know», « it should be understood» ;
yaevamveda <in Br. >, « who knows thus», who has this knowledge);
to know orﾠ regard orﾠ consider as, take for, declare to be, call (esp. in 3. pl. vidus, with two acc. orﾠ with acc. andﾠ nom. with iti,
e.g.. taṉsthaviraṉviduḥ, « they consider orﾠ call him aged» ;
rājarshiritimāṉviduḥ, « they consider me a Rājarshi») Up. Mn. MBh. etc.;
to mind, notice, observe, remember (with gen. orﾠ acc.) RV. AV. Br. ;
to experience, feel (acc. orﾠ gen.) RV. etc. etc.;
to wish to know, inquire about (acc.) ṠBr. MBh.:
Caus. vedáyate (rarely - ti;
aor. avīvidat;
Pass. vedyate), to make known, announce, report, tell ṠBr. etc. etc.;
to teach, explain ṠāṇkhṠr. Nir. ;
to recognize orﾠ regard as, take for (two acc.) MBh. Kāv. etc.;
to feel, experience ṠBr. Mn. etc.:
Desid. of Caus. in vivedayishu q.v.:
Desid. vividishati orﾠ vivitsati, to wish to know orﾠ learn, inquire about (acc.) ṠBr. etc. etc.:
Intens. vevidyate, vevetti
+ Gr. cf. Gk. εἶδον for ἐγγιδον, οἶδα for γγοιδα = veda;
Lat. videre;
Slav. věděti;
Goth. witan, wait;
Germ. wiṡṡan, wissen;
Angl. Sax. wât;
Eng. wot
víd
2) mfn. knowing, understanding, a knower (mostly ifc.;

superl. vit-tama) KaṭhUp. Mn. MBh. etc.;
m. the planet Mercury VarBṛS. (cf. 2. jña);
f. knowledge understanding RV. KaushUp. ;
(pl.) Bhām. ;
3) (originally identical with 1. vid) cl. 6. P. Ā. Dhātup. XXVIII, 138 ;
vindáti, - te (Ved. alsoﾠ vitté, vidé;
p. vidāná orﾠ vidāna <q.v.>;
ep. 3. pl. vindate Pot. vindyāt, often = vidyāt;
pf. vivéda <3. pl. vividus Subj. vividat>, vividvás, 3. pl. vividre, vidré RV. etc. etc.;
p. vividvás RV. ;
vividivas Pāṇ. 7-2, 68 ;
aor. ávidat, - data ib. <Ved. Subj. vidā́si, -dā́t;
Pot. vidét, deta VS. AV. Br. ;
3. sg. videshṭa AV. II, 36, 3 >;
Ā. 1. sg. avitsi RV. Br. ;
fut. vettā, vedishyati Gr.;
vetsyati, - te Br. etc.;
inf. vidé RV. ;
vettum MBh. etc.;
véttave AV. ;
- ttavai <?> andﾠ - tos Br. ;
ind. p. vittvā́ AV. Br. ;
- vidya Br. etc.), to find, discover, meet orﾠ fall in with, obtain, get, acquire, partake of, possess RV. etc. etc. (with diṡas, to find out the quarters of she sky MBh.);
to get orﾠ procure for (dat.) RV. ChUp. ;
to seek out, look for, attend to RV. etc. etc.;
to feel, experience Cāṇ. ;
to consider as, take for (two acc.) Kāv. ;
to come upon, befall, seize, visit RV. AV. Br. ;
to contrive, accomplish, perform, effect, produce RV. ṠBr. ;
(Ā. m. c. alsoﾠ P.) to take to wife, marry (with orﾠ scil. bhāryām) RV. Mn. MBh. etc.;
to find (a husband), marry (said of a woman) AV. Mn. MBh. ;
to obtain (a son, with orﾠ scil. sutam) BhP.:
Pass. orﾠ Ā. vidyáte (ep. alsoﾠ - ti;
p. vidyamāna <q.v.>;
aor. avedi), to be found, exist, be RV. etc. etc.;
(esp. in later language) vidyate, « there is, there exists», often with na, « there is not» ;
with bhoktum, « there is something to eat» ;
followed by a fut., « is it possible that?» Pāṇ. 3-3, 146 Sch. ;
yathā-vidé, « as it happens» i.e. « as usual», « as well as possible» RV. I, 127, 4 etc..:
Caus. vedayati, to cause to find etc. MBh.:
Desid. vividishati orﾠ vivitsati, - te Gr. (cf. vivitsita):
Intens. vevidyate, vevetti ib. (for p. vévidat andﾠ - dāna seeﾠ vi- andﾠ saṉvid)
4) (ifc.) finding, acquiring, procuring ( seeﾠ anna-, aṡva-, ahar-vid etc.)
5) cl. 7. Ā. Dhātup. XXIX, 13 ;
vintte, to consider as, take for (two acc.) Bhaṭṭ.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > विद्
8 vague

I.

vague¹ [vag]

1. adjective

( = imprécis) vague

• j'ai le vague sentiment que... I have a vague feeling that...

• un vague cousin some distant cousin

2. masculine noun

• nous sommes dans le vague things are rather unclear to us

• il est resté dans le vague he remained rather vague

• regarder dans le vague to stare into space

• vague à l'âme melancholy

• avoir du vague à l'âme to feel blue (inf)

II.

vague² [vag]

feminine noun

wave

• vague de fond groundswell

• faire des vagues to make waves

• vague d'attentats/d'arrestations wave of bombings/of arrests

• vague de chaleur heatwave

• vague de froid cold spell

* * *

I
1. vag
adjectif ( imprécis) vague

d'un air vague — [contempler] vaguely

ce sont de vagues parents — they're distant relatives

2.

nom masculin

il regardait dans le vague — he was staring into space

ton regard était perdu dans le vague — you had a faraway look in your eyes

la direction est restée dans le vague sur la question des salaires — management has remained vague as to the question of wages

Phrasal Verbs:

- avoir du vague à l'âme

II vag
nom féminin

1) lit wave

faire des vagues — [vent] to make ripples; fig [démission, scandale] to cause a stir, to make waves

2) fig wave

une vague de violence — a wave of violence

par vagues — [arriver, attaquer] in waves

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- vague de chaleur

- vague de froid

••

être au creux de la vague — to be at a low ebb

pas de vagues! — (colloq) we don't want to stir up any trouble!

* * *
vaɡ
1. nf

wave

2. adj

1) (image, explication, idée) vague

J'ai un vague souvenir de lui. — I vaguely remember him.

2) (regard) faraway

3) (manteau, robe) loose-fitting

4) (= quelconque)

un vague cousin — some cousin or other

3. nm

être dans le vague — to be in the dark

rester dans le vague — to remain vague

regarder dans le vague — to stare into space

* * *

vague

A adj

1 ( imprécis) [forme, bruit, impression, réponse, geste] vague; avoir une vague idée de qch to have a vague idea of sth;

2 ( rêveur) [air, regard] vague; d'un air vague [contempler] vaguely;

3 ( quelconque) il a fait une vague école de commerce he went to some sort of business school; c'est une vague relation de travail I know him/her vaguely through work; ce sont de vagues parents they're distant relatives.

B nm il regardait dans le vague he was staring into space; ton regard était perdu dans le vague you had a faraway look in your eyes; il se complaisait dans le vague de ses rêveries he was happy in his dreamworld; la direction est restée dans le vague sur la question des salaires management has remained vague on ou as to the question of wages.

C nf

1 lit wave; la vague montante/déferlante the gathering/breaking wave; faire des vagues [vent] to make ripples; fig [démission, scandale] to cause a stir, to make waves;

2 fig wave; une vague d'arrestations/de violence a wave of arrests/of violence; par vagues [arriver, attaquer] in waves; la vague montante du mécontentement the rising tide of discontent; la vague montante des opposants the rapidly increasing numbers of opponents.

Composés

vague à l'âme melancholy; avoir du vague à l'âme to feel melancholic; vague de chaleur Météo heatwave; vague de froid Météo cold spell.

Idiomes

être au creux de la vague [personne, entreprise] to be at a low ebb; le creux de la vague est passé the worst of the crisis is over; surtout, pas de vagues! above all, no scandal!

I

[vag] adjectif

1. [peu marqué - sourire, détail] vague ; [ - souvenir, connaissances] vague, hazy ; [ - contour, sensation] vague, indistinct

[vacant - regard, expression] vacant, abstracted

avoir l'air vague to look vague, to have a vacant expression (on one's face)

esquisser un vague sourire to smile faintly

2. (avant le nom) [non précisé] vague

un vague cousin à moi some distant cousin of mine

ils ont eu une vague liaison they had some sort ou kind of an affair

il habite du côté de la Grande Place — c'est plutôt vague! he lives somewhere near the Grande Place — that's a bit vague!

3. [vêtement] loose, loose-fitting, generously-cut

4. ANATOMIE [nerf] vagal

————————

[vag] nom masculin

1. [flou] vagueness, indistinctness

[imprécision] vagueness

laisser une question dans le vague to be vague about a matter

rester dans le vague to be (as) vague (as possible), to avoid giving any details

2. [vide]

regarder dans le vague to gaze vacantly into space ou the blue

vague à l'âme nom masculin

melancholy

avoir du vague à l'âme to be melancholy

II

[vag] nom féminin

1. [dans la mer] wave

grosse vague roller

courir dans les vagues to run into the waves ou surf

vague de fond (sens propre & figuré) groundswell

faire des vagues (sens propre & figuré) to make waves

je ne veux pas de vagues I don't want any scandal

2. (littéraire) [des blés, des cheveux] wave, ripple

effet de vague

a. ripple effect

b. ARCHITECTURE waved motif

3. [mouvement] wave

vague de colère wave ou surge of anger

vague de protestations/grèves wave of protest/strikes

la première vague de départs the first wave of departures

vague d'immigrants wave of immigrants

4. MÉTÉOROLOGIE

vague de chaleur heatwave

vague de froid cold spell

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > vague
9 avoir

avoir [avwaʀ]

━━━━━━━━━

1. transitive verb

2. auxiliary verb

3. impersonal verb

4. masculine noun

5. plural masculine noun

━━━━━━━━━

➭ TABLE 34

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque avoir fait partie d'une locution comme avoir faim, avoir raison, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

   a. (possession) to have

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► En anglais britannique, I've got, he's got etc remplace souvent I have, he has etc.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• j'ai trois frères I have or I've got three brothers

• il n'a pas d'argent he hasn't got any money he doesn't have any money

• j'ai la réponse I have or I've got the answer

• il n'avait pas d'argent he had no money or didn't have any money

• il a les yeux bleus he has blue eyes

• il a du courage he has got courage

• ils ont leur fille qui part au Québec (inf) they've got their daughter going to Quebec

• son regard a quelque chose de méchant he's got a nasty look in his eye

• en avoir (inf!) ( = être courageux) to have balls (vulg!)

• il avait les mains qui tremblaient his hands were shaking

   b. (localisation)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque avoir est utilisé pour localiser un bâtiment, un objet etc, il peut se traduire par to have (got), mais l'anglais préférera souvent une tournure avec to be.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• vous avez la gare tout près the station is nearby

• vous avez un parc au bout de la rue there's a park down the road

   c. ( = obtenir) to get

• je n'ai pas pu avoir l'horaire du car I couldn't get the bus times

• pouvez-vous nous avoir ce livre ? can you get this book for us?

• je n'ai pas pu avoir Luc au téléphone I couldn't get through to Luc

   d. ( = porter) [+ vêtements] to wear

• il avait un pantalon beige he was wearing beige trousers

• la femme qui a le corsage bleu the woman in the blue blouse

   e. (dimensions) to be

• avoir 3 mètres de haut to be 3 metres high

• ici, le lac a 2 km de large the lake is 2km wide here

   f. (âge) ( = avoir) to be ; ( = atteindre) to turn

• il a dix ans he is ten

• j'ai l'impression d'avoir 20 ans I feel as if I were 20

• il a dans les cinquante ans he's about 50

• des bâtiments qui ont plus de 250 ans buildings that are more than 250 years old

• elle venait d'avoir 38 ans she had just turned 38

   g. ( = souffrir de) [+ rhume, maladie] to have

• il a la rougeole he's got measles

• il a eu la rougeole à dix ans he had measles when he was ten

• il ne veut pas dire ce qu'il a he won't say what's wrong with him

• qu'est-ce que tu as ? what's wrong with you?

• il a qu'il est jaloux he's jealous, that's what's wrong with him

• qu'est-ce qu'il a à pleurer ? what's he crying for?

   h. ( = faire) to make

• il a eu un geste d'énervement he made an irritated gesture

• elle a eu un sourire malin she smiled knowingly

• ils ont eu des remarques malheureuses they made some unfortunate remarks

   i. ( = recevoir chez soi) to have

• avoir des amis à dîner to have friends to dinner

   j. ( = avoir un cours de, avoir à faire) to have

• j'ai français à 10 heures I've got French at 10

• le vendredi, j'ai trois heures d'anglais I have three hours of English on Fridays

• je n'ai rien ce soir I haven't got anything on this evening

   k. ( = atteindre, attraper) to get

• ils ont fini par avoir le coupable they got the culprit in the end

• je l'ai eu ! (cible) got it!

• on les aura ! we'll get them! (inf)

• je t'aurai ! I'll get you! (inf)

• elle m'a eu au sentiment she took advantage of my better nature

   l. ( = duper) (inf) [escroc] to have (inf) ; [plaisantin] to fool

• ils m'ont eu I've been had (inf)

• je t'ai bien eu ! got you there! (inf)

• se faire avoir (par escroc) to be had (inf) ; (par un plaisantin) to be fooled

• je me suis fait avoir de 300 € I was conned out of 300 euros (inf!)

2. <

to have

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Le passé composé français peut se traduire soit par le prétérit, soit par le parfait anglais, selon le contexte.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• hier, j'ai mangé trois bananes yesterday, I ate three bananas

• as-tu faim ? -- non, j'ai mangé trois bananes are you hungry? -- no, I've eaten three bananas

• j'étais pressé, alors j'ai couru I was in a hurry so I ran

• il a fini hier he finished yesterday

• je n'ai pas encore fini I haven't finished yet

• il a été renvoyé deux fois he has been dismissed twice

• je l'ai vu le 13 février I saw him on 13 February

• nous aurons terminé demain we'll have finished tomorrow

• si je l'avais vu if I had seen him

► avoir à + infinitif ( = devoir)

j'ai à travailler I've got work to do

• Patrick a des lettres à écrire Patrick has got letters to write► n'avoir qu'à

• tu n'as qu'à me téléphoner demain just give me a ring tomorrow

• c'est simple, vous n'avez qu'à lui écrire it's simple, just write to him

• tu n'avais qu'à ne pas y aller you shouldn't have gone in the first place

• s'il n'est pas content, il n'a qu'à partir if he doesn't like it, he can always leave

3. <

► il y a

   a. (général) (suivi d'un singulier) there is ; (suivi d'un pluriel) there are

• il y a un homme à la porte there's a man at the door

• il y a des gens qui attendent there are people waiting

• il y a eu trois blessés three people were injured

• il y a voiture et voiture ! there are cars and cars!

• qu'y a-t-il ? what is it?

• qu'est-ce qu'il y a ? what's the matter?

• il y a que nous sommes mécontents ! (inf) we're annoyed, that's what! (inf)

• il y a eu un accident there has been an accident

• qu'est-ce qu'il y a eu ? what's happened?

• il n'y a pas que toi ! you're not the only one!

• il n'y a que lui pour faire cela ! trust him to do that!

• il n'y a pas que nous à le dire we're not the only ones who say this

► il y en a (antécédent au singulier) there is some ; (antécédent au pluriel) there are some

• j'achète du pain ? -- non, il y en a encore shall I buy some bread? -- no, there's some left

• il y en a qui disent... there are those who say...

• il y en a qui feraient mieux de se taire ! some people would do better to keep quiet!

• il y en a, je vous jure ! (inf) really, some people! (inf)► il n'y en a que pour

• il n'y en a que pour mon petit frère, à la maison my little brother gets all the attention at home

• il n'y en a eu que pour lui pendant l'émission the whole programme revolved around him► y a pas (inf)

il y a pas, faut que je parte it's no good, I've got to go

• y a pas, il faut qu'il désobéisse he just won't do as he's told

• il y a pas à dire, il est très there's no denying he's very intelligent► il n'y a qu'à (+ infinitif), y a qu'à (+ infinitif) (inf)

il n'y a qu'à les laisser partir just let them go

• il n'y a qu'à protester we'll just have to protest

• y a qu'à lui dire (inf) why don't we just tell him

   b. (temps)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque il y a se rapporte à une action non révolue, l'anglais utilise for.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Pour exprimer une durée, le présent français devient un parfait en anglais, l'imparfait un pluperfect.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il y a dix ans que je le connais I've known him for ten years

• il y avait longtemps qu'elle désirait le rencontrer she had wanted to meet him for a long time

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Dans le cas d'une action révolue, on emploie ago et le prétérit.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il y a dix ans, j'ai obtenu mon diplôme I graduated ten years ago

• il est né il y a tout juste un an he was born just one year ago

• il y a dix jours que nous sommes rentrés we got back ten days ago

• il n'y a pas un quart d'heure qu'il est parti it's less than a quarter of an hour since he left

   c. (distance) il y a 10 km d'ici à Paris it is 10km from here to Paris

• combien y a-t-il d'ici à Lille ? how far is it from here to Lille?

4. <

   a. ( = bien) assets

• il a investi tout son avoir dans l'entreprise he invested all his assets in the firm

   b. ( = actif) credit ; ( = billet) credit note

• avoir fiscal tax credit

5. <

avoirs assets

• avoirs financiers financial resources

* * *

I avwaʀ
verbe transitif

1) ( obtenir) to get [objet, rendez-vous]; to catch [train, avion]

j'ai pu vous avoir votre visa — I managed to get your visa for you

je n'ai pas eu mon train — I didn't catch my train

2) ( au téléphone)

j'ai réussi à l'avoir — I managed to get through to him/her

3) ( porter) to wear, to have [something] on

elle avait une robe bleue à son mariage — she wore a blue dress at her wedding

4) (colloq) ( triompher) to beat, to get (colloq), to have

cette fois-ci, on les aura — this time, we'll get ou have them

5) ( duper) to have (colloq); ( par malveillance) to con (colloq)

elle s'est fait or laissée avoir — she's been had (colloq)

6) ( éprouver moralement) to feel

avoir du chagrin/de la haine — to feel sorrow/hate

qu'est-ce que tu as? — what's wrong ou the matter with you?

qu'est-ce qu'il a à conduire comme ça? — why is he driving like that?

7) (servant à exprimer l'âge, des sensations physiques)

j'ai 20 ans/faim/froid — I am 20 years old/hungry/cold

la salle a 20 mètres de long — the room is 20 metres [BrE] long

II avwaʀ
nom masculin

1) Commerce ( somme) credit; ( attestation) credit note

2) ( possessions) assets (pl), holdings (pl)

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- avoir fiscal

••

avoir I

Généralités

Dans la plupart des situations exprimant la possession, la disponibilité avoir sera traduit par to have ou to have got: j'ai des livres/enfants/employés = I have (got) books/children/employees; je n'ai pas assez de place/temps = I don't have (ou I haven't got) enough room/time; la maison a l'électricité/cinq pièces = the house has electricity/five rooms; j'aurai mon visa demain = I'll have my visa tomorrow; ils vont/elle va avoir un bébé en mai = they're/she's having a baby in May

Les autres sens de avoir, verbe transitif simple (obtenir, porter, triompher de etc), sont traités dans l'entrée plus bas

On notera qu'en règle générale les expressions figées du type avoir raison, avoir beau, en avoir marre, il y a belle lurette, il y a de quoi etc seront traitées respectivement sous raison, beau, marre, lurette, quoi etc

On pourra également consulter les diverses notes d'usage répertoriées, notamment celles consacrées à l'expression de l'âge, aux maladies, à l'expression de l'heure etc

On trouvera ci-dessous les divers emplois de avoir pour lesquelles une explication est nécessaire

avoir = verbe auxiliaire

avoir verbe auxiliaire se traduit toujours par to have sauf dans le cas du passé composé: ils avaient révisé les épreuves quand je suis parti = they had revised the proofs when I left; quand ils eurent (ou ont eu) révisé les épreuves, ils sont partis = when they had revised the proofs, they left; ils auront fini demain = they will have finished tomorrow; il aurait (ou eût) aimé parler = he would have liked to speak. Lorsqu'on a un passé composé en français, il sera traduit soit par le prétérit: ils ont révisé les épreuves en juin = they revised the proofs in June; ils ont révisé les épreuves avant ma démission = they revised the proofs before I resigned; je suis sûr qu'il l'a laissé là en partant = I'm sure he left it here when he left; soit par le ‘present perfect’: ils ont révisé les épreuves plusieurs fois = they have revised the proofs several times

avoir = verbe semi-auxiliaire

De même, avoir semi-auxiliaire dans les tournures attributives du type avoir le coeur malade/les genoux cagneux, se traduit de façon variable ( to be ou to have) selon la structure adoptée par l'anglais pour rendre ces tournures; voir, en l'occurrence, les entrées coeur et cagneux; mais c'est en général sous l'adjectif que ce problème est traité

Emplois avec à

avoir à + infinitif

Exprimant l'obligation ou la convenance, cette locution verbale se rend généralement par to have to suivi de l'infinitif: j'aurais à ajouter que... = I would have to add that...; tu auras à rendre compte de tes actes = you'll have to account for your actions; je n'ai pas à vous raconter ma vie = I don't have to tell you my life-story; vous n'aviez pas à le critiquer = you didn't have to criticize him; il n'a pas à te parler sur ce ton = he shouldn't speak to you in that tone of voice; j'ai beaucoup à faire = I have (ou I've got) a lot to do; tu n'as rien à faire? = don't you have (ou haven't you got GB) anything to do?; j'ai à faire un rapport/un rapport à faire = I have to write a report/a report to write

n'avoir qu'à

Quand cette locution équivaut à suffir, plusieurs possibilités de traduction se présentent: tu n'avais qu'à = tu aurais dû, elle se rend par should have suivi du participe passé; tu n'as qu'à leur écrire = you only have to (ou you've only got to GB, ou all you have to do is) write to them; tu n'auras que cinq minutes à attendre = you'll only have to wait five minutes; tu n'avais qu'à faire attention/me le dire/partir plus tôt = you should have paid attention/told me/left earlier

Emplois avec en

On trouvera sous assez, marre, etc les expressions figées en avoir assez, en avoir marre etc. Voir aussi les emplois avec il y a plus bas

expression du temps: en avoir pour

L'anglais distingue généralement entre une tâche précise ( to take) et une activité ou absence indéterminée ( to be): vous en avez (ou aurez) pour combien de temps? (à faire ce travail) = how long will it take you?, (à me faire attendre) = how long are you going to be?; j'en ai pour cinq minutes (= je reviens dans...) = I'll be five minutes; je n'en ai pas pour longtemps = I won't be long; j'en ai eu pour deux heures = it took me two hours

expression du coût: en avoir pour

Se traduit par to cost suivi du pronom personnel complément correspondant au pronom sujet français (voir aussi argent): j'en ai eu pour 500 francs = it cost me 500 francs; nous en aurons pour combien? = how much will it cost us?

(sl) en avoir = to have balls (sl); ne pas en avoir = to have no balls (sl)

Expression de l'existence

il y a du lait dans le réfrigérateur = there's some milk in the fridge; il y a des souris/des araignées au grenier = there are mice/spiders in the attic; il n'y a pas/plus de riz = there's no/no more rice ou there isn't any/any more rice; il doit y avoir (ou il y aura) des souris dans le grenier = there must be mice in the attic; il n'y a pas eu moins de 50 concurrents = there were no less than 50 competitors; il y a chapeau et chapeau = there are hats and hats; il y aura Paul, Marie,... = there will be Paul, Marie,...; et il y aura Paul et Marie! = and Paul and Marie will be there!; il n'y a pas de raison de faire/que tu fasses = there's no reason to do/for you to do; il a dû y avoir quelque chose de grave = something serious must have happened; qu'est-ce qu'il y a? (qui ne va pas) = what's wrong?, (qui se passe) = what's going on?; il y a qu'elle m'énerve = she's getting on my nerves, that's what's wrong; il y a que l'ordinateur est en panne = the computer has broken down

Attention, un mot singulier en français peut être traduit par un mot fonctionnant comme un pluriel en anglais: il y a beaucoup de monde = there are a lot of people; y avait-il du monde? = were there many people?

Expression du temps

il est venu il y a longtemps/cinq ans = he came a long time/five years ago; il y a cinq ans que j'habite ici = I have been living here for five years; il y aura cinq ans demain que j'ai pris ma retraite = it will be five years tomorrow since I retired; il y aura deux mois mardi que je travaille ici = I will have been working here for two months on Tuesday; il n'y a que deux mois que je suis/travaille ici = I have only been/been working here for two months; il n'y a pas cinq minutes qu'il est parti = he left less than five minutes ago; il n'y a pas 200 ans que l'espèce est éteinte = the species has been extinct for no more than 200 years; il y a combien de temps/d'années que tu habites ici? = how long/many years have you lived here?; il y a combien de temps/d'années qu'on ne s'est vus? = how long is it/many years has it been since we last met?

Expression de la distance

Elle se fait généralement à l'aide du verbe to be: combien y a-t-il jusqu'à la gare/d'ici à la gare? = how far is it to the station/to the station from here?; combien y a-t-il encore jusqu'à la gare? = how much further is it to the station?; il y a 15 kilomètres jusqu'à/d'ici à la gare = the station is 15 kilometres [BrE] away/away from here; il y a au moins 15 kilomètres = it's at least 15 kilometres [BrE] away; il y a encore 15 kilomètres = it's another 15 kilometres [BrE]; il n'y a pas/que 200 mètres d'ici à la gare = it's less than/only 200 metres [BrE] from here to the station

il y a à + infinitif

il y a à manger pour quatre = there's enough food for four; il y a (beaucoup) à faire = there's a lot to be done (ceci traduit également il y a de quoi faire); souligner le danger/l'avantage qu'il y a à faire = to stress how dangerous/advantageous it is to do; les risques qu'il y avait/aurait à faire = how risky it was/would be to do; il n'y a pas à hésiter/s'inquiéter = there's no need to hesitate/worry; il n'y a pas à discuter! = no arguments!; il n'y a qu'à le repeindre! - y a qu'à (colloq), c'est facile à dire! = all you have to do is repaint it! - just repaint it! easier said than done!

il y en a qui, il y en a pour

L'existence se rend par there is/are, le temps par to take, et le coût par to cost ou to come to: il y en a qui n'ont pas peur du ridicule! = there are some people who aren't afraid of being ridiculed!; il y en a toujours pour se plaindre (ou qui se plaignent) = there's always someone who complains; il y en a (ou aura) pour deux heures = it'll take two hours; il y en a eu/aurait eu pour deux heures = it took/would have taken two hours; il n'y en a plus que pour deux heures = it'll only take another two hours; il y en a encore pour combien de temps? = how much longer will it take?; il y en a (ou aura) pour 200 francs = it'll cost (ou come to) 200 francs; il y en a eu pour 200 francs = it cost (ou came to) 200 francs

Noter aussi: il n'y en a que pour leur chien = they only think of their dog ou their dog comes first

Remarque: certaines formes personnelles du verbe avoir sont équivalentes au présentatif il y a. En corrélation avec le relatif qui, elles ne se traduisent pas; directement suivies de l'objet présenté, elles se traitent comme il y a: j'ai mon stylo qui fuit = my pen is leaking; elle avait les larmes aux yeux = there were tears in her eyes; j'ai ma cicatrice qui me fait souffrir = my scar is hurting; à droite, vous avez une tapisserie d'Aubusson = on your right, there's an Aubusson tapestry

* * *
avwaʀ
1. nm

1) (= biens) assets pl

2) COMMERCE (= note de crédit) credit

2. vt

1) (= posséder) to have, to have got

Elle a 2 enfants. — She has 2 children., she has got 2 children

Elle a une belle maison. — She has a lovely house., She has got a lovely house.

Il a les yeux bleus. — He has blue eyes., He has got blue eyes.

Tu as de beaux cheveux. — You have beautiful hair., You have got beautiful hair.

Il a beaucoup d'amis. — He has a lot of friends., He has got a lot of friends.

2) (= obtenir) to get

Où est-ce qu'on peut avoir un permis? — Where can you get a licence?

3) (= trouver)

ici, vous avez la cuisine — here we have the kitchen

4) (= éprouver) [sensation, sentiment] to have

J'avais un pressentiment. — I had a feeling.

Il a des démangeaisons. — He is itching.

J'ai une petite douleur ici. — I've got a slight pain here.

J'ai un drôle de pressentiment. — I have a funny feeling.

qu'est-ce que tu as?; qu'as-tu? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

See:

faim, peur, mal

5) (âge)

avoir 3 ans — to be 3 years old, to be 3

J'avais 10 ans quand je l'ai rencontré. — I was 10 when I met him.

6) * (= duper) to do *

on vous a eu! — you've been done!, you've been had!

on t'a bien eu! — you've been had!

7) (autres locutions)

avoir à faire qch — to have to do sth

Vous n'avez qu'à lui demander. — You only have to ask him.

Tu n'as pas à me poser des questions. — It's not for you to ask me questions.

en avoir contre qn — to have a grudge against sb

en avoir assez — to be fed up

en avoir pour...; J'en ai pour une demi-heure. — It'll take me half an hour.

On en a eu pour 100 euros. — It cost us 100 euros.

n'avoir que faire de qch — to have no use for sth

3. vb aux

to have

avoir mangé — to have eaten

avoir dormi — to have slept

J'ai déjà mangé. — I've already eaten.

Il a mangé des frites. — He had some chips.

Est-ce que tu as vu ce film? — Have you seen this film?

Hier je n'ai pas mangé. — I didn't eat yesterday.

Je lui ai parlé hier. — I spoke to him yesterday.

Il a neigé pendant la nuit. — It snowed during the night.

4. vb impers

1) (présence)

il y a (+ singulier) — there is, (+ pluriel) there are

Il y a quelqu'un à la porte. — There's somebody at the door.

Il y a un bon film à la télé. — There's a good film on TV.

Il y a des chocolats sur la table. — There are some chocolates on the table.

Il y a beaucoup de monde. — There are lots of people.

il doit y avoir; Il doit y avoir une explication. — There must be an explanation.

qu'est-ce qu'il y a?; qu'y a-t-il? — what's the matter?, what is it?

Il n'y a qu'à... — We will just have to...

Il n'y a qu'à partir plus tôt. — We'll just have to leave earlier.

Il ne peut y en avoir qu'un. — There can only be one.

2) (temporel)

il y a 10 ans — 10 years ago

il y a 10 ans que je le connais — I've known him for 10 years

il y a longtemps que je le connais — I've known him for a long time

Je l'ai rencontré il y a 2 ans. — I met him 2 years ago.

Il y a 10 ans qu'il est arrivé. — It's 10 years since he arrived.

* * *

I.

avoir ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: avoir vtr

1 ( obtenir) to get [objet, rendez-vous]; to catch [train, avion]; j'ai pu vous avoir votre visa I managed to get your visa for you; j'ai eu ce vase pour cinq euros I got this vase for five euros; pouvez-vous m'avoir un des traducteurs? can you get me one of the translators?; je n'ai pas eu mon train I didn't catch my train; il l'a eue◑ le soir même he had○ her that very evening;

2 ( au téléphone) j'ai réussi à l'avoir I managed to get through to him/her; essayer d'avoir le ministre to try to get through to the minister; pouvez-vous m'avoir son adjoint/Hongkong can you put me through to ou get me his assistant/Hong Kong;

3 ( porter) to wear, to have [sth] on; elle avait une robe bleue à son mariage she wore a blue dress at her wedding; elle a toujours une écharpe autour du cou she's always got a scarf round her neck; il avait un béret (sur la tête) he had a beret on ou he was wearing a beret;

4 ○( triompher) to beat, to get○, to have; l'équipe de Marseille nous a eus the Marseilles team beat us; ne nous laissons pas avoir par la concurrence let's not let the competition beat us; cette fois-ci, on les aura this time, we'll get ou have them;

5 ( duper) to have○; ( par malveillance) to con○; j'ai été eu I've been had○; il t'a bien eu! ( l'escroc) he conned○ you!; ( le plaisantin) he was having you on○! GB, he put one over on you○!; elle s'est fait or laissé avoir she's been had○; j'ai failli me faire avoir I was nearly conned○; je ne me laisserai pas avoir par un abruti○ I won't be conned○ by a moron;

6 ( éprouver moralement) to feel; avoir du chagrin/de la haine to feel sorrow/hate; qu'est-ce que tu as? what's wrong ou the matter with you?; j'ai qu'il m'énerve he's getting on my nerves, that's what's wrong; qu'est-ce que tu as à crier comme ça? what are you shouting like that for?; j'ai que mon ordinateur ne marche pas because my computer doesn't work; qu'est-ce qu'il a à conduire comme ça? why is he driving like that?; il a qu'il est soûl because he's drunk, that's why;

7 (servant à exprimer l'âge, des sensations physiques) j'ai 20 ans/faim/froid I am 20 years old/hungry/cold; la salle a 20 mètres de long the room is 20 metres^GB long.

Idiomes

en avoir○ to have balls◑; ne pas en avoir○ to have no balls◑.

II.

avoir nm

1 Comm ( somme) credit; ( attestation) credit note;

2 ( possessions) assets (pl), holdings (pl); avoirs à l'étranger foreign assets ou holdings; avoirs en caisse cash holdings; avoirs en dollars dollar-based assets;

3 Compta ( notion) assets (pl); ( titre d'entrée) credit.

Composé

avoir fiscal tax credit.

I

[avwar] nom masculin

1. COMMERCE credit note

[en comptabilité] credit side

la fleuriste m'a fait un avoir the florist gave me a credit note

j'ai un avoir de 150 euros à la boucherie I've got 150 euros credit at the butcher's

avoir fiscal FINANCE tax credit

2. ÉCONOMIE & FINANCE

avoirs assets, holdings

avoirs numéraires ou en caisse cash holdings

3. (littéraire) [possessions] assets, worldly goods

vivre d'un petit avoir personnel to live off a small personal income

II

[avwar] verbe auxiliaire

A.

1. [avec des verbes transitifs]

as-tu lu sa lettre? did you read ou have you read his letter?

les deux buts qu'il avait marqués the two goals he had scored

j'aurais voulu vous aider I'd have liked to help you

non content de les avoir humiliés, il les a jetés dehors not content with humiliating them, he threw them out

2. [avec des verbes intransitifs]

j'ai maigri I've lost weight

as-tu bien dormi? did you sleep well?

tu as dû rêver you must have been dreaming

3. [avec le verbe 'être']

j'ai été surpris I was surprised

il aurait été enchanté he would've ou would have been delighted

B.

1. [exprime la possibilité]

avoir à: je n'ai rien à boire I haven't got anything ou I have nothing ou I've got nothing to drink

n'avoir qu'à: ils n'ont qu'à écrire au directeur

a. [conseil] all they have to do ou all they've got to do is write to the manager

b. [menace] just let them (try and) write to the manager

s'il vous manque quelque chose, vous n'avez qu'à me le faire savoir if you're missing anything, just let me know

t'as qu'à leur dire! (familier) why don't you (just) tell them!

2. [exprime l'obligation]

avoir à to have to

je n'ai pas à me justifier auprès de vous I don't have to justify myself to you

et voilà, je n'ai plus qu'à recommencer! so now I've got to start all over again!

3. [exprime le besoin]

avoir à to have to

il a à te parler he's got something to ou there's something he wants to tell you

tu n'as pas à t'inquiéter you shouldn't worry, you have nothing to worry about

4. (locution)

n'avoir que faire de: je n'ai que faire de tes états d'âme I couldn't care less about your moods

————————

[avwar] verbe transitif

A.

1. [être propriétaire de - action, bien, domaine etc.] to have, to own, to possess ; [ - chien, hôtel, voiture] to have, to own

avoir de l'argent to have money

tu n'aurais pas un stylo en plus? have you got ou do you happen to have a spare pen?

je n'ai plus de sucre I've run out of sugar

COMMERCE to have

nous avons plus grand si vous préférez we have it in a larger size if you prefer

2. [ami, collègue, famille etc.] to have

il a encore sa grand-mère his grandmother's still alive

je n'ai plus ma mère my mother's dead

elle a trois enfants she has three children

avoir un/une/des... qui: elle a un mari qui fait la cuisine she's got the sort ou kind of husband who does the cooking

avoir son/sa/ses... qui (familier) : j'ai la chaîne de mon vélo qui est cassée the chain on my bike is broken

3. [détenir - permis de conduire, titre] to have, to hold ; [ - droits, privilège] to have, to enjoy ; [ - emploi, expérience, devoirs, obligations] to have ; [ - documents, preuves] to have, to possess

quand nous aurons le pouvoir when we're in power

quelle heure avez-vous? what time do you make it?

SPORT to have

avoir le ballon to be in possession of ou to have the ball

4. [obtenir - amende, article] to get ; [ - information, rabais, récompense] to get, to obtain

je pourrais vous avoir des places gratuites I could get you free tickets

[au téléphone] to get through to

j'ai essayé de t'avoir toute la journée I tried to get through to you ou to contact you all day

je l'ai eu au téléphone I got him on the phone

5. [jouir de - beau temps, bonne santé, liberté, bonne réputation] to have, to enjoy ; [ - choix, temps, mauvaise réputation] to have

avoir la confiance de quelqu'un to be trusted by somebody

avoir l'estime de quelqu'un to be held in high regard by somebody

vous avez toute ma sympathie you have all my sympathy

j'ai une heure pour me décider I have an hour (in which) to make up my mind

il a tout pour lui et il n'est pas heureux! he's got everything you could wish for and he's still not happy!

6. [recevoir chez soi]

avoir de la famille/des amis à dîner to have relatives/friends over for dinner

j'aurai ma belle-famille au mois d'août my in-laws will be staying with me in August

7. RADIO & TÉLÉVISION [chaîne, station] to receive, to get

bientôt, nous aurons les chaînes européennes soon, we'll be able to get the European channels

8. [attraper - otage, prisonnier] to have

les flics ne l'auront jamais (familier) the cops'll never catch him

9. [atteindre - cible] to get, to hit

10. [monter à bord de - avion, bus, train] to catch

B.

1. [présenter - tel aspect] to have (got)

elle a un joli sourire she's got ou she has a nice smile

je cherche un acteur qui ait un grand nez I'm looking for an actor with a big nose

elle a une jolie couleur de cheveux her hair's a nice colour

elle a beaucoup de sa mère she really takes after her mother

avoir tout de: il a tout de l'aristocrate he's the aristocratic type

la méthode a l'avantage d'être bon marché this method has the advantage of being cheap

ton père a le défaut de ne pas écouter ce qu'on lui dit your father's weakness is not listening to what people tell him

[avec pour complément une partie du corps] to have

avoir l'estomac vide to have an empty stomach

j'ai le bras ankylosé my arm's stiff

avoir le/la/les... qui: il a les yeux qui se ferment he can't keep his eyes open

en avoir (très familier) to have a lot of balls (très familier)

2. [porter sur soi - accessoire, vêtement, parfum] to have on (separable), to wear

tu vois la dame qui a le foulard? do you see the lady with the scarf?

faites attention, il a une arme careful, he's got a weapon ou he's armed

3. [faire preuve de]

avoir de l'audace to be bold

avoir du culot (familier) to be cheeky, to have a nerve

il a eu le culot de me le dire (familier) he had the cheek ou the nerve to tell me

avoir du talent to have talent, to be talented

ayez la gentillesse de... would you ou please be kind enough to...

il a eu la cruauté de lui dire he was cruel enough to tell him

4. [exprime la mesure] to be

le voilier a 4 m de large ou largeur the yacht is 4 m wide

en avoir pour: j'en ai pour 500 euros it's costing me 500 euros

tu en as pour 12 jours/deux heures it'll take you 12 days/two hours

5. [exprime l'âge] to be

quel âge as-tu? how old are you?

j'ai 35 ans I'm 35 (years old)

nous avons le même âge we're the same age

il a deux ans de plus que moi he's two years older than me

il vient d'avoir 74 ans he's just turned 74

C.

1. [subir - symptôme] to have, to show, to display ; [ - maladie, hoquet, mal de tête etc.] to have ; [ - accident, souci, ennuis] to have ; [ - difficultés] to have, to experience ; [ - opération] to undergo, to have ; [ - crise] to have, to go through (inseparable)

avoir de la fièvre to have ou to be running a temperature

avoir un cancer to have cancer

je ne sais pas ce que j'ai aujourd'hui I don't know what's the matter ou what's wrong with me today

sa sœur n'a rien eu his sister escaped unscathed

le car n'a rien eu du tout, mais la moto est fichue (familier) there wasn't a scratch on the bus but the motorbike's a write-off

qu'est-ce qu'elle a encore, cette voiture? (familier) NOW what's wrong with this car?

il a des souris chez lui he's got mice

un enfant/chaton qui a des vers a child/kitten with worms

2. [émettre, produire - mouvement] to make ; [ - ricanement, regard, soupir] to give

avoir un sursaut to (give a) start

elle eut cette phrase devenue célèbre she said ou uttered those now famous words

il eut une moue de dédain he pouted disdainfully

3. [ressentir]

avoir faim to be ou to feel hungry

avoir peur to be ou to feel afraid

avoir des remords to feel remorse

avoir du chagrin to feel ou to be sad

avoir un pressentiment to have a premonition

avoir de l'amitié pour quelqu'un to regard ou to consider somebody as a friend

je n'ai que mépris pour lui I feel only contempt for him

avoir du respect pour quelqu'un to have respect for ou to respect somebody

en avoir après ou contre quelqu'un (familier) to be angry with somebody

ce chien/cette guêpe en a après toi! this dog/wasp has got it in for you!

en avoir après ou contre quelque chose to be angry about something

4. [élaborer par l'esprit - avis, idée, suggestion] to have

j'ai mes raisons I have my reasons

elle a toujours réponse à tout she's got an answer for everything

D.

1. [battre, surpasser] to get, to beat

il va se faire avoir dans la dernière ligne droite he's going to get beaten in the final straight

2. [escroquer] to have, to do, to con

1 500 euros pour ce buffet? tu t'es fait avoir! 1,500 euros for that dresser? you were conned ou had ou done!

3. [duper] to take in (separable), to take for a ride, to have

tu t'es fait avoir! you've been had ou taken in ou taken for a ride!

tu essaies de m'avoir! you're having ou putting me on!

n'essaie pas de m'avoir don't try it on with me

E. [devoir participer à - débat, élection, réunion] to have, to hold ; [ - rendez-vous] to have

j'ai (un) cours de chimie ce matin I've got a chemistry lesson this morning

————————

il y a verbe impersonnel

1. [dans une description, une énumération - suivi d'un singulier] there is ; [ - suivi d'un pluriel] there are

il n'y a pas de lit there is no bed

il y a du soleil the sun is shining

qu'est-ce qu'il y a dans la malle? what's in the trunk?

il n'y a qu'ici qu'on en trouve this is the only place (where) you can find it/them

il y a juste de quoi faire une jupe there is just enough to make a skirt

avoue qu'il y a de quoi être énervé! you must admit it's pretty irritating!

merci — il n'y a pas de quoi! thank you — don't mention it ou you're welcome!

il n'y a rien à faire, la voiture ne démarre pas it's no good, the car won't start

il n'y a pas à dire, il sait ce qu'il veut there's no denying he knows what he wants

il n'y a que lui pour dire une chose pareille! trust him to say something like that!

qu'est-ce qu'il y a? — il y a que j'en ai marre! (familier) what's the matter? — I'm fed up, that's what!

il y a voiture et voiture there are cars and cars

il n'y en a que pour lui! (familier) he's the one who gets all the attention!

il y en a ou il y a des gens, je vous jure! (familier) some people, honestly ou really!

2. [exprimant la possibilité, l'obligation etc.]

il n'y a qu'à lui dire you/we etc. just have to tell him

il n'y a qu'à commander pour être servi you only have to order to get served

3. [indiquant la durée]

il y a 20 ans de ça 20 years ago

il y a une heure que j'attends I've been waiting for an hour

4. [indiquant la distance]

il y a bien 3 km d'ici au village it's at least 3 km to the village

5. (à l'infinitif)

il va y avoir de la pluie there's going to be some rain

il doit y avoir une raison there must be a ou some reason

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > avoir

10 perdu

perdu, e [pεʀdy]

past participle of perdre adjective

   a. lost ; [balle, chien] stray

• perdu dans ses pensées ( = absorbé) lost in thought

• il est perdu [malade] there's no hope for him

• je suis perdu ! I'm done for!

• rien n'est perdu there's no harm done

• ce n'est pas perdu pour tout le monde somebody's made good use of it

   b. ( = gaspillé) [occasion, temps] wasted

• il y a trop de place perdue there's too much space wasted

• à ses moments perdus in his spare time

   c. ( = abîmé) [aliment] spoilt ; [récolte] ruined

   d. ( = écarté) [pays, endroit] out-of-the-way

   e. ( = non consigné) [emballage, verre] non-returnable

* * *

1.

perdue pɛʀdy participe passé perdre

2.

participe passé adjectif

1) gén lost

chien perdu — stray dog

balle perdue — stray bullet

tout est perdu — it's all over

c'est perdu d'avance — it's hopeless

2) [journée, occasion] wasted

c'est du temps perdu — it's a waste of time

à tes moments perdus — in your spare time

3) [récolte] ruined; [aliment] spoiled

il est perdu — ( condamné) there's no hope for him

le regard perdu dans le vide — staring into space

3.

adjectif

1) ( isolé) remote, isolated

vivre dans un coin perdu — to live in a godforsaken spot

salle perdue au bout d'un couloir — room tucked away at the end of a corridor

2) ( non réutilisable) disposable; ( non consigné) non returnable

••

se lancer à corps perdu dans — to throw oneself headlong into

ce n'est pas perdu pour tout le monde — somebody will do all right out of it

crier/courir comme un perdu — to shout/to run like a madman

* * *
pɛʀdy perdu, -e
1. pp

See:

perdre

2. adj

1) (enfant, cause, objet) lost

2) (= isolé) (village) out-of-the-way

3) COMMERCE (emballage) non-returnable

4) (récolte) ruined

5) (malade)

il est perdu — there's no hope left for him

6)

le temps perdu — lost time

rattraper le temps perdu — to make up for lost time

7)

à temps perdu — in one's spare time

à vos moments perdus — in your spare time

* * *

perdu, perdue

A pp ⇒ perdre.

B pp adj

1 [bracelet, enfant, liberté, illusion] lost; chien perdu stray dog; balle perdue stray bullet;

2 [match, élection] lost; tout n'est pas perdu all is not lost; tout est perdu it's all over; c'est perdu d'avance it's hopeless;

3 [journée, occasion] wasted; c'est un samedi de perdu that was a wasted Saturday; c'est du temps perdu it's a waste of time; à tes moments perdus in your spare ou free time;

4 ( condamné) il est perdu (face au danger, en cas de maladie) there's no hope for him; ( ruiné) he's ruined, he's had it○; les fraisiers sont perdus the strawberry plants have died ou have had it○;

5 ( embrouillé) [personne] lost;

6 ( endommagé) [récolte, vêtement] ruined; [aliment] spoiled;

7 ( vague) le regard perdu dans le vide staring into space.

C adj

1 ( isolé) [endroit, village] remote, isolated; vivre dans un coin perdu to live in a godforsaken spot; perdu au milieu de l'océan/des bois lost in the middle of the ocean/of the woods; maison perdue dans l'obscurité/la brume house shrouded in darkness/mist; salle perdue au bout d'un couloir room tucked away at the end of a corridor;

2 ( non réutilisable) disposable; ( non consigné) non returnable.

Idiomes

se lancer à corps perdu dans to throw oneself headlong into; ce n'est pas perdu pour tout le monde somebody will do all right out of it; crier/courir comme un perdu to shout/run like a madman.

( féminin perdue) [pɛrdy] participe passé

→ link=perdre perdre

————————

( féminin perdue) [pɛrdy] adjectif

1. [balle, coup] stray

[heure, moment] spare

2. [inutilisable - emballage] disposable ; [ - verre] non-returnable

3. [condamné] lost

sans votre intervention, j'étais un homme perdu if you hadn't intervened, I'd have been finished ou lost

4. [désespéré] lost

5. [gâché - vêtement, chapeau] ruined, spoiled ; [ - nourriture] spoiled

pleurant sa réputation perdue crying for her lost ou tainted reputation

6. [de mauvaise vie]

femme perdue loose woman

7. [isolé - coin, village] lost, remote, godforsaken (humoristique)

————————

, perdue [pɛrdy] nom masculin, nom féminin

(familier)

comme un perdu, comme une perdue

a. [courir] hell for leather

b. [crier] like a mad thing

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > perdu

11 Á

shall

* * *

a negative suffix to verbs, not;

era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.

* * *

1.

á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]

With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.

WITH DAT.

A. Loc.

I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.

II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.

2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).

3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.

4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.

III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).

B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:

I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.

II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.

III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.

IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.

C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:

I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.

2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.

3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.

II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.

III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.

IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’

2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.

V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.

VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.

VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.

VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.

WITH ACC.

A. Loc.

I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.

2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.

3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.

II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:

1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.

2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.

III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.

IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.

V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.

VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.

VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.

B. TEMP.

I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.

II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.

III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.

IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.

V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.

VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.

VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.

C. Metaph. and in various relations:

I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.

β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.

II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:

1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.

2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.

3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.

β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.

III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.

IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:

1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.

2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.

3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.

V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.

VI. connected with nouns,

1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.

2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.

3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.

VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.

2.

f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.

COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

12 status

1.
stătus, a, um, v. sisto.
2.
stătus, ūs, m. [sto and sisto].
I.
In a corporeal sense.
A.
Mode or way of standing, of holding one's body (at rest), posture, position, attitude, station, carriage; sing. and plur.: Ps. Statur hic ad hunc modum. Si. Statum vide hominis, Callipho, quasi basilicum, look at the way he stands, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 41:
stat in statu senex ut adoriatur moechum,
in an attitude of attack, ready, id. Mil. 4, 9, 12: concrepuit digitis, laborat;
crebro conmutat status,
his posture, id. ib. 2, 2, 51:
qui esset status (videre vellem) flabellulum tenere te asinum tantum,
what your attitude was, what figure you cut, in holding the fan, Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 50:
in gestu status (oratoris erit) erectus et celsus, rarus incessus,
attitude, Cic. Or. 18, 59:
status quidem rectus sit, sed diducti paulum pedes,
Quint. 11, 3, 159:
abesse plurimum a saltatore debet orator... non effingere status quosdam, et quidquid dicet ostendere,
id. 11, 3, 89:
ut recta sint bracchia, ne indoctae rusticaeve manus, ne status indecorus,
id. 1, 11, 16:
stare solitus Socrates dicitur... immobilis, iisdem in vestigiis,
Gell. 2, 1, 2:
dumque silens astat, status est vultusque diserti,
Ov. P. 2, 5, 51:
statum proeliantis componit,
Petr. 95 fin. —
So of the pose of statues: non solum numerum signorum, sed etiam uniuscujusque magnitudinem, figuram, statum litteris definiri vides,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 57:
expedit saepe, ut in statuis atque picturis videmus, variari habitus, vultus, status,
Quint. 2, 13, 8:
ut illo statu Chabrias sibi statuam fieri voluerit. Ex quo factum est ut postea athletae his statibus in statuis ponendis uterentur,
Nep. Chabr. 1, 3.—And of images in a dream:
ubi prima (imago somni) perit, alioque est altera nata inde statu, prior hic gestum mutasse videtur,
Lucr. 4, 772:
(opp. motus, incessus) quorum (iratorum) vultus, voces, motus statusque mutantur,
motions and postures, Cic. Off. 1, 29, 102:
decorum istud in corporis motu et statu cernitur,
id. ib. 1, 35, 126:
habitus oris et vultūs, status, motus,
id. Fin. 3, 17, 56; 5, 17, 47:
in quibus si peccetur... motu statuve deformi,
id. ib. 5, 12, 35:
eo erant vultu, oratione, omni reliquo motu et statu, ut, etc.,
id. Tusc. 3, 22, 53:
status, incessus, sessio, accubatio... teneat illud decorum,
id. Off. 1, 35, 129:
in pedibus observentur status et incessus,
the posture and gait, Quint. 11, 3, 124.—
B.
Of external appearance, manners, dress, and apparel:
quoniam formam hujus cepi in me et statum, decet et facta moresque hujus habere me similis item,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 111:
redegitque se ad pallium et crepidas, atque in tali statu biennio fere permansit,
Suet. Tib. 13.—
C.
Size, height, stature of living and inanimate beings (cf. statura;
post-Aug.): pumilionem, quos natura brevi statu peractos, etc.,
Stat. S. 1, 6, 58: longissimum... aratorem faciemus;
mediastenus qualiscunque status potest esse,
Col. 1, 9, 3:
in gallinaceis maribus status altior quaeritur,
id. 8, 2, 9; so id. 7, 9, 2; 7, 12 med.:
plantae majoris statūs,
Pall. Febr. 25, 20.—
D.
A position, place, in the phrase de statu movere, deicere, or statum conturbare, to displace, drive out, eject, expel, throw from a position (esp. of battle and combat):
equestrem procellam excitemus oportet, si turbare ac statu movere (hostes) volumus,
Liv. 30, 18, 14:
nihil statu motus, cum projecto prae se clipeo staret, in praesidio urbis moriturum se... respondit,
id. 38, 25: Manlius scutum scuto percussit atque statum Galli conturbavit (cf. the next sentence: atque de loco hominem iterum dejecit), Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 16.—So, out of the military sphere, in order to avoid an attack:
ea vis est... quae, periculo mortis injecto, formidine animum perterritum loco saepe et certo de statu demovet,
Cic. Caecin. 15, 42.— Transf., of mental position, conviction, argument, etc.:
saepe adversarios de statu omni dejecimus,
Cic. Or. 37, 129:
voluptas quo est major, eo magis mentem e suā sede et statu demovet,
throws the mind off its balance, id. Par. 1, 3, 15.—Similarly: de statu deducere, recedere, from one's position or principles:
fecerunt etiam ut me prope de vitae meae statu deducerent, ut ego istum accusarem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 4, § 10:
neque de statu nobis nostrae dignitatis est recedendum, neque sine nostris copiis in alterius praesidia veniendum,
id. Att. 1, 20, 2.—So, de statu suo declinare = moveri:
neque dubito quin, suspitione aliquā perculsi repentinā, de statu suo declinarint,
i. e. became unsettled, Cic. Clu. 38, 106:
qui cum me firmissimis opibus... munire possim, quamvis excipere fortunam malui quam... de meo statu declinare,
than abandon my position, id. Prov. Cons. 17, 41; cf.
of the position of heavenly bodies: qui eodem statu caeli et stellarum nati sunt,
aspect, id. Div. 2, 44, 92.
II.
Trop., condition, state, position, situation, circumstances.
A.
Of persons, condition in regard to public rights, political or civil status, any loss of which was a capitis deminutio (v. caput):
capitis minutio est statūs permutatio,
Gai. Dig. 4, 5, 1; id. Inst. 1, 159; cf. Dig. 4, 5, 11:
quo quisque loco nostrum est natus... hunc vitae statum usque ad senectutem obtinere debet,
Cic. Balb. 7, 18:
ad quem proscripti confluebant. Quippe nullum habentibus statum quilibet dux erat idoneus,
with regard to the civil death of the proscribed, Vell. 2, 72, 5:
illorum salus omnibus accepta fuit... quia tam grati exoptatum libertatis statum recuperaverint,
Val. Max. 5, 26:
si statu periclitari litigator videtur,
if his civil status seems in peril, Quint. 6, 1, 36:
nec ulla tam familiaris est infelicibus patria quam solitudo et prioris statūs oblivio,
i. e. the status of full citizenship, lost by banishment, Curt. 5, 5, 11:
permanent tamen in statu servitutis,
Suet. Gram. 21:
vetuit quaeri de cujusquam defunctorum statu,
id. Tit. 8 fin.:
multorum excisi status,
Tac. A. 3, 28: qui illegitime concipiuntur, statum sumunt ex eo tempore quo nascuntur, i. e. whether freemen or slaves, etc., Gai. Inst. 1, 89:
cum servus manumittitur: eo die enim incipit statum habere,
a civil status, Dig. 4, 5, 4:
homo liber qui se vendidit, manumissus non ad suum statum revertitur, sed efficitur libertinae condicionis, i. e. that of an ingenuus,
ib. 1, 5, 21:
primo de personarum statu dicemus,
civil status, ib. 1, 5, 2; so Titin. 5:
de statu hominum (sometimes status used in the jurists absolutely with reference to freedom and slavery): si status controversiam cui faciat procurator, sive ex servitute in libertatem, etc.,
Dig. 3, 3, 39, § 5; so ib. 3, 3, 33, § 1.—Similarly in the later jurists: status suus = aetas XXV. annorum, years of discretion:
cum ad statum suum frater pervenisset,
Dig. 31, 1, 77, § 19.—
2.
Condition and position with reference to rank, profession, trade, occupation, social standing, reputation, and character:
an tibi vis inter istas vorsarier prosedas... quae tibi olant stabulum statumque?
their trade, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 59:
quod in civitatibus agnationibus familiarum distinguuntur status,
the ranks of the families, Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 23:
regum status decemviris donabantur,
the rank of kings was assigned to the decemvirs, id. Agr. 1, 1, 2:
cum alii rem ipsam publicam atque hunc bonorum statum odissent,
the social position of the higher classes, id. Sest. 20, 46:
non ut aliquid ex pristino statu nostro retineamus,
id. Fam. 4, 4, 1:
ecquis umquam tam ex amplo statu concidit?
id. Att. 3, 10, 2:
non enim jam quam dignitatem, quos honores, quem vitae statum amiserim cogito,
id. ib. 10, 4, 1:
quam (statuam) esse ejusdem status amictus, anulus, imago ipsa declarat,
id. ib. 1, 1, 17:
praesidium petebamus ex potentissimi viri benevolentiā ad omnem statum nostrae dignitatis,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 1: noster autem status est hic:
apud bonos iidem sumus quos reliquisti, apud sordem, etc.,
id. Att. 1, 16, 11:
ego me non putem tueri meum statum ut neque offendam animum cujusquam, nec frangam dignitatem meam?
maintain my character, id. Fam. 9, 16, 6:
quos fortuna in amplissimo statu (i. e. regum) collocarat,
Auct. Her. 4, 16, 23:
tantam in eodem homine varietatem status,
high and low position in life, ups and downs, Val. Max. 6, 9, 4:
cum classiarios quos Nero ex remigibus justos milites fecerat, redire ad pristinum statum cogeret,
Suet. Galb. 12:
quaedam circa omnium ordinum statum correxit,
id. Claud. 22:
cum redieritis in Graeciam, praestabo ne quis statum suum vestro credat esse meliorem,
social position, Curt. 5, 5, 22:
omnis Aristippum decuit color et status et res,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 23.—
3.
Condition in reference to prosperity, happiness or unhappiness, and health (mostly poet. and post-Aug.):
at iste non dolendi status non vocatur voluptas,
Cic. Fin. 2, 9, 28:
neque hic est Nunc status Aurorae meritos ut poscat honores,
Ov. M. 13, 594:
flebilis ut noster status est, ita flebile carmen,
id. Tr. 5, 1, 5:
quid enim status hic a funere differt?
id. P. 2, 3, 3:
pejor ab admonitu fit status iste boni,
id. ib. 1, 2, 54:
his enim quorum felicior in domo status fuerat,
Val. Max. 6, 8, 7:
sin nostros status sive proximorum ingenia contemplemur,
id. 6, 9 pr.:
caelum contemplare: vix tamen ibi talem statum (i. e. felicitatis deorum) reperias,
id. 7, 1, 1:
haec quidem (vox) animi magnifici et prosperi status (fuit),
id. 6, 5, ext. 4:
obliti statūs ejus quem beneficio exuistis meo,
Curt. 10, 2, 22:
sumus in hoc tuo statu iidem qui florente te fuimus,
i. e. distress, id. 5, 11, 5:
res magna et ex beatissimo animi statu profecta,
Sen. Ep. 81, 21: voverat, si sibi incolumis status (of health) permisisset, proditurum se... hydraulam, Suet. Ner. 54. —
4.
Condition, circumstances, in gen., of life or of the mind:
homines hoc uno plurimum a bestiis differunt quod rationem habent, mentemque quae... omnem complectatur vitae consequentis statum,
Cic. Fin. 2, 14, 45:
facias me certiorem et simul de toto statu tuo consiliisque omnibus,
id. Fam. 7, 10, 3:
tibi declaravi adventus noster qualis fuisset, et quis esset status,
id. Att. 4, 2, 1:
quid enim ego laboravi, si... nihil consecutus sum ut in eo statu essem quem neque fortunae temeritas, neque, etc., labefactaret,
id. Par. 2, 17:
sed hoc videant ii qui nulla sibi subsidia ad omnes vitae status paraverunt,
id. Fam. 9, 6, 4: atque is quidem qui cuncta composuit constanter in suo manebat statu (transl. of emeinen en tôi heautou kata tropon êthei, Plat. Tim. p. 42, c. Steph.), in his own state, being, Cic. Tim. 13:
vitae statum commutatum ferre non potuit,
Nep. Dion, 4, 4:
id suis rebus tali in statu saluti fore,
Curt. 5, 1, 5: haec sunt fulmina quae prima accepto patrimonio et in novi hominis aut urbis statu fiunt, in any new condition (when a stroke of lightning was considered an omen), Sen. Q. N. 2, 47.—Rarely of a state:
libere hercle hoc quidem. Sed vide statum (i. e. ebrietatis),
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 4.—Esp., in augury: fulmen status, a thunderbolt sent to one who is not expecting a sign, as a warning or suggestion, = fulmen monitorium:
status est, ubi quietis nec agitantibus quidquam nec cogitantibus fulmen intervenit,
Sen. Q. N. 2, 39, 2.—
B.
Of countries, communities, etc., the condition of society, or the state, the public order, public affairs.
1.
In gen.:
Siciliam ita vexavit ac perdidit ut ea restitui in antiquum statum nullo modo possit,
Cic. Verr. 1, 4, 12:
nunc in eo statu civitas est ut omnes idem de re publicā sensuri esse videantur,
id. Sest. 50, 106:
omnem condicionem imperii tui statumque provinciae mihi demonstravit Tratorius,
id. Fam. 12, 23, 1; so id. ib. 13, 68, 1:
mihi rei publicae statum per te notum esse voluisti,
id. ib. 3, 11, 4; so,
status ipse nostrae civitatis,
id. ib. 5, 16, 2:
non erat desperandum fore aliquem tolerabilem statum civitatis,
id. Phil. 13, 1, 2:
sane bonum rei publicae genus, sed tamen inclinatum et quasi pronum ad perniciosissimum statum,
id. Rep. 2, 26, 48:
aliquo, si non bono, at saltem certo statu civitatis,
id. Fam. 9, 8, 2:
ex hoc qui sit status totius rei publicae videre potes,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 5, § 15: ex eodem de toto statu rerum communium [p. 1756] cognosces, id. Fam. 1, 8, 1:
tamen illa, quae requiris, suum statum tenent, nec melius, si tu adesses, tenerent,
id. ib. 6, 1, 1:
non illi nos de unius municipis fortunis arbitrantur, sed de totius municipii statu, dignitate, etc., sententias esse laturos,
id. Clu. 69, 196:
ego vitam omnium civium, statum orbis terrae... redemi,
id. Sull. 11, 33:
Ti. Gracchum mediocriter labefactantem statum rei publicae,
id. Cat. 1, 1, 3:
eo tum statu res erat ut longe principes haberentur Aedui,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12, 9:
cum hoc in statu res esset,
Liv. 26, 5, 1; so id. 32, 11, 1:
eam regiam servitutem (civitatis) collatam cum praesenti statu praeclaram libertatem visam,
id. 41, 6, 9:
statum quoque civitatis ea victoria firmavit ut jam inde res inter se contrahere auderent,
i. e. commercial prosperity, id. 27, 51:
ut deliberare de statu rerum suarum posset,
id. 44, 31:
ut taedio praesentium consules duo et status pristinus rerum in desiderium veniant,
id. 3, 37, 3:
jam Latio is status erat rerum ut neque bellum neque pacem pati possent,
id. 8, 13, 2:
qui se moverit ad sollicitandum statum civitatis,
internal peace, id. 3, 20, 8:
omni praesenti statu spem cuique novandi res suas blandiorem esse,
more attractive than any condition of public affairs, id. 35, 17:
tranquillitatis status,
Val. Max. 7, 2, 1:
in sollicito civitatis statu,
Quint. 6, 1, 16:
principes regesque et quocumque alio nomine sunt tutores status publici,
guardians of public order, Sen. Clem. 1, 4, 3: curis omnium ad formandum publicum statum a tam sollemni munere aversis, Curt, 10, 10, 9; so,
ad formandum rerum praesentium statum,
Just. 9, 5, 1:
populo jam praesenti statu laeto,
Suet. Caes. 50:
ad componendum Orientis statum,
id. Calig. 1:
deploravit temporum statum,
id. Galb. 10:
ad explorandum statum Galliarum,
id. Caes. 24:
delegatus pacandae Germaniae status,
id. Tib. 16: et omnia habet rerum status iste mearum ( poet., = reipublicae meae), Ov. M. 7, 509.—
2.
Esp., of the political sentiments of the citizens:
a Maronitis certiora de statu civitatium scituros,
Liv. 39, 27:
ad visendum statum regionis ejus,
id. 42, 17, 1:
suas quoque in eodem statu mansuras res esse,
id. 42, 29, 9:
cum hic status in Boeotiā esset,
id. 42, 56, 8.—
3.
Of the constitution, institutions, form of government, etc.:
Scipionem rogemus ut explicet quem existimet esse optimum statum civitatis,
Cic. Rep. 1, 20, 33; 1, 21, 34; 1, 46, 70;
1, 47, 71: ob hanc causam praestare nostrae civitatis statum ceteris civitatibus,
id. ib. 2, 1, 2:
itaque cum patres rerum potirentur, numquam constitisse statum civitatis,
the form of the government had never been permanent, id. ib. 1, 32, 49:
in hoc statu rei publicae (decemvirali), quem dixi non posse esse diuturnum,
id. ib. 2, 37, 62:
providete ne rei publicae status commutetur,
id. Har. Resp. 27, 60:
eademque oritur etiam ex illo saepe optimatium praeclaro statu,
aristocratic form of government, id. Rep. 1, 44, 68:
ut totum statum civitatis in hoc uno judicio positam esse putetis,
id. Fl. 1, 3:
ut rei publicae statum convulsuri viderentur,
id. Pis. 2, 4:
pro meā salute, pro vestrā auctoritate, pro statu civitatis nullum vitae discrimen vitandum umquam putavit,
id. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:
cum hoc coire ausus es, ut consularem dignitatem, ut rei publicae statum... addiceres?
id. ib. 7, 16:
omnia quae sunt in imperio et in statu civitatis ab iis defendi putantur,
id. Mur. 11, 24:
intelleges (te habere) nihil quod aut hoc aut aliquo rei publicae statu timeas,
id. Fam. 6, 2, 3:
quod ad statum Macedoniae pertinebat,
Liv. 45, 32, 2:
ex commutatione statūs publici,
Vell. 2, 35, 4:
haec oblivio concussum et labentem civitatis statum in pristinum habitum revocavit,
Val. Max. 4, 1, ext. 4:
Gracchi civitatis statum conati erant convellere,
id. 6, 3, 1 fin.:
Cicero ita legibus Sullae cohaerere statum civitatis affirmat ut his solutis stare ipsa non possit,
Quint. 11, 1, 85:
qui eloquentiā turbaverant civitatium status vel everterant,
id. 2, 16, 4:
id biduum quod de mutando reipublicae statu haesitatum erat,
Suet. Claud. 11:
nec dissimulasse unquam pristinum se reipublicae statum restituturum,
id. ib. 1:
conversus hieme ad ordinandum reipublicae statum, fastos correxit, etc.,
id. Caes. 40:
tu civitatem quis deceat status Curas,
what institutions, Hor. C. 3, 29, 25.—Hence,
4.
Existence of the republic:
quae lex ad imperium, ad majestatem, ad statum patriae, ad salutem omnium pertinet,
Cic. Cael. 29, 70 (= eo, ut stet patria, the country's existence):
si enim status erit aliquis civitatis, quicunque erit,
id. Fam. 4, 14, 4: status enim rei publicae maxime judicatis rebus continetur, the existence of the republic depends on the decisions of the courts, i. e. their sacredness, id. Sull. 22, 63. —
C.
In nature, state, condition, etc.:
incolumitatis ac salutis omnium causā videmus hunc statum esse hujus totius mundi atque naturae,
Cic. Or. 3, 45, 178:
ex alio alius status (i. e. mundi) excipere omnia debet,
Lucr. 5, 829:
ex alio terram status excipit alter,
id. 5, 835:
est etiam quoque pacatus status aëris ille,
id. 3, 292:
non expectato solis ortu, ex quo statum caeli notare gubernatores possent,
Liv. 37, 12, 11:
idem (mare) alio caeli statu recipit in se fretum,
Curt. 6, 4, 19:
incertus status caeli,
Col. 11, 2:
pluvius caeli status,
id. 2, 10:
mitior caeli status,
Sen. Oedip. 1054.—
D.
The characteristic, mark, character, essential feature of a thing.
1.
In gen.:
atque hoc loquor de tribus his generibus rerum publicarum non perturbatis atque permixtis, sed suum statum tenentibus,
preserving their essential features, Cic. Rep. 1, 28, 44.—Hence,
2.
Esp. in rhet. jurisp.
(α).
The answer to the action (acc. to Cic., because the defence: primum insistit in eo = the Gr. stasis):
refutatio accusationis appellatur Latine status, in quo primum insistit quasi ad repugnandum congressa defensio,
Cic. Top. 25, 93; so,
statu (sic enim appellamus controversiarum genera),
id. Tusc. 3, 33, 79:
statum quidam dixerunt primam causarum conflictionem,
Quint. 3, 6, 4; cf. Cic. Part. Or. 29, 102.—
(β).
The main question, the essential point:
quod nos statum id quidam constitutionem vocant, alii quaestionem, alii quod ex quaestione appareat, Theodorus caput, ad quod referantur omnia,
Quint. 3, 6, 2:
non est status prima conflictio, sed quod ex primā conflictione nascitur, id est genus quaestionis,
the kind, nature of the question, id. 3, 6, 5; cf. the whole chapter.—
E.
In gram., the mood of the verb, instead of modus, because it distinguishes the conceptions of the speaker:
et tempora et status,
tenses and moods, Quint. 9, 3, 11:
fiunt soloecismi per modos, sive cui status eos dici placet,
id. 1, 5, 41.
► For statu liber, v.
statuliber.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > status

13 ut

ut or ŭtī (old form ŭtei, C. I. L. 1, 196, 4 sq.; 1, 198, 8 et saep.), adv. and conj. [for quoti or cuti, from pronom. stem ka-, Lat. quo-, whence qui, etc., and locat. ending -ti of stem to-, whence tum, etc.].
I.
As adv. of manner.
A.
Interrog. = quomodo, how, in what way or manner.
1.
In independent questions (colloq.; rare in class. prose; not in Cic.): De. Quid? ut videtur mulier? Ch. Non, edepol, mala. De. Ut morata'st? Ch. Nullam vidi melius mea sententia, Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 56 sq.:
salve! ut valuisti? quid parentes mei? Valent?
id. ib. 5, 2, 107; id. Pers. 2, 5, 8:
ut vales?
id. Most. 2, 19, 29; 3, 2, 28; Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 26:
ut sese in Samnio res habent?
Liv. 10, 18, 11:
ut valet? ut meminit nostri?
Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 12; id. S. 2, 8, 1.—
2.
In exclamatory sentences (in all periods of the language): ut omnia in me conglomerat mala! Enn. ap. Non. p. 90, 14 (Trag. Rel. v. 408 Vahl.):
ut corripuit se repente atque abiit! Hei misero mihi!
Plaut. Merc. 3, 4, 76:
ut dissimulat malus!
id. ib. 5, 4, 13:
ut volupe est homini si cluet victoria!
id. Poen. 5, 5, 15: ut multa verba feci;
ut lenta materies fuit!
id. Mil. 4, 5, 4:
ut scelestus nunc iste te ludos facit!
id. Capt. 3, 4, 47:
ut saepe summa ingenia in occulto latent,
id. ib. 1, 2, 61; id. Rud. 1, 2, 75; 2, 3, 33 sq.:
ut falsus animi est!
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 42:
heia! ut elegans est!
id. Heaut. 5, 5, 19:
fortuna ut numquam perpetua est bona!
id. Hec. 3, 3, 46; cf. id. Phorm. 5, 8, 52:
Gnaeus autem noster... ut totus jacet,
Cic. Att. 7, 21, 1:
quae ut sustinuit! ut contempsit, ac pro nihilo putavit!
id. Mil. 24, 64:
qui tum dicit testimonium ex nostris hominibus, ut se ipse sustentat! ut omnia verba moderatur, ut timet ne quid cupide... dicat!
id. Fl. 5, 12:
quod cum facis, ut ego tuum amorem et dolorem desidero!
id. Att. 3, 11, 2:
quanta studia decertantium sunt! ut illi efferuntur laetitia cum vicerint! ut pudet victos! ut se accusari nolunt! etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 22, 61:
ut vidi, ut perii! ut me malus abstulit error!
Verg. E. 8, 41:
ut melius quidquid erit pati!
Hor. C. 1, 11, 3:
ut tu Semper eris derisor!
id. S. 2, 6, 53:
o superbia magnae fortunae! ut a te nihil accipere juvat! ut omne beneficium in injuriam convertis! ut te omnia nimia delectant! ut to omnia dedecent!
Sen. Ben. 2, 13, 1:
ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. 11.—
3.
In dependent questions.
(α).
With indic. (ante-class. and poet.): divi hoc audite parumper ut pro Romano populo... animam de corpore mitto, Enn. ap. Non. p. 150, 6 (Ann. v. 215 Vahl.): edoce eum uti res se habet, Plaut. [p. 1940] Trin. 3, 3, 21:
hoc sis vide ut avariter merum in se ingurgitat,
id. Curc. 1, 2, 33:
hoc vide ut dormiunt pessuli,
id. ib. 1, 2, 66:
illud vide os ut sibi distorsit carnufex,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 3:
vide ut otiosus it, si dis placet,
id. ib. 5, 3, 10:
illud vide, Ut in ipso articulo oppressit,
id. Ad. 2, 2, 21; 3, 5, 3:
viden ut faces Splendidas quatiunt comas?
Cat. 61, 77:
viden ut perniciter exiluere?
id. 62, 8:
adspicite, innuptae secum ut meditata requirunt,
id. 62, 12:
aspice, venturo laetantur ut omnia saeclo! (= omnia laetantia),
Verg. E. 4, 52 Forbig. ad loc.:
nonne vides, croceos ut Tmolus odores, India mittit ebur,
id. G. 1, 56; id. E. 5, 6; id. A. 6, 779. —
(β).
With subj. (class.):
nescis ut res sit, Phoenicium,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 4, 1:
oppido Mihi illud videri mirum, ut una illaec capra Uxoris dotem simiae ambadederit,
id. Merc. 2, 1, 16:
nam ego vos novisse credo jam ut sit meus pater,
id. Am. prol. 104:
narratque ut virgo ab se integra etiam tum siet,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 70:
tute scis quam intimum Habeam te, et mea consilia ut tibi credam omnia,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 48:
videtis ut omnes despiciat, ut hominem prae se neminem putet, ut se solum beatum se solum potentem putet?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 46, 135:
videtisne ut Nestor de virtutibus suis praedicet?
id. Sen. 10, 31; id. Rosc. Am. 24, 66:
credo te audisse ut me circumsteterint, ut aperte jugula sua pro meo capite P. Clodio ostentarint,
id. Att. 1, 16, 4:
videte ut hoc iste correxerit,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 115:
docebat ut omni tempore totius Galliae principatum Aedui tenuissent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43:
veniat in mentem, ut trepidos quondam majores vestros... defenderimus,
Liv. 23, 5, 8:
aspice quo submittat humus formosa colores,
Prop. 1, 2, 9:
infinitum est enumerare ut Cottae detraxerit auctoritatem, ut pro Ligario se opposuerit,
Quint. 6, 5, 10:
vides ut alta stet nive candidum Soracte,
Hor. C. 1, 9, 1:
nonne vides, ut... latus et malus Antennaeque gemant,
id. ib. 1, 14, 3 Orell. ad loc.:
audis... positas ut glaciet nives Puro numine Juppiter,
id. ib. 3, 10, 7; id. S. 1, 8, 42; 2, 3, 315; Verg. A. 2, 4; Tib. 2, 1, 26; Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 57:
mirum est ut animus agitatione motuque corporis excitetur,
Plin. Ep. 1, 6, 2.—
B.
Relative adverb of manner = eo modo quo, as.
1.
Without demonstr. as correlatives: ut aiunt, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 101 Mull. (fr inc. l. 10 Vahl.):
ego emero matri tuae Ancillam... forma mala, ut matrem addecet familias,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 79:
apparatus sum ut videtis,
id. ib. 5, 2, 10:
verum postremo impetravi ut volui,
id. Mil. 4, 5, 5:
ero ut me voles esse,
id. Capt. 2, 1, 32:
faciam ut tu voles,
id. Men. 5, 9, 90: ut vales? Tox. Ut queo, id. Pers. 1, 1, 16:
ut potero feram,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 27:
faciam ut mones,
id. Hec. 4, 4, 97:
Ciceronem et ut rogas amo, et ut meretur et ut debeo,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 9:
cupiditates quae possunt esse in eo qui, ut ipse accusator objecit, ruri semper habitarit?
id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:
ut ex propinquis ejus audio, non tu in isto artificio callidior es, quam hic in suo,
id. ib. 17, 49:
homo demens, ut isti putant,
id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:
cumulate munus hoc, ut opinio mea fert, effecero,
id. ib. 1, 46, 70:
non ut clim solebat, sed ut nunc fit, mimum introduxisti,
id. Fam. 9, 16, 7:
Labienus, ut erat ei praeceptum, ne proelium committeret nisi, etc., monte occupato nostros exspectabat, proelioque abstinebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
cuncta ut gesta erant exposuit,
Liv. 3, 50, 4:
(Postumius) fugerat in legatione, ut fama ferebat, populi judicium,
id. 10, 46, 16:
sed, ut plerumque fit, major pars meliorem vicit,
id. 21, 4, 1:
nec temere, et ut libet conlocatur argentum, sed perite servitur,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 2:
servus, ut placet Chrysippo, perpetuus mercenarius est,
id. Ben. 3, 22, 1.—Esp. parenthet., to denote that the facts accord with an assumption or supposition made in the principal sentence (= sicut):
si virtus digna est gloriatione, ut est,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 51:
quorum etiamsi amplecterer virtutem, ut facio, tamen, etc.,
id. Phil. 10, 9, 18:
quamvis fuerit acutus, ut fuit,
id. Ac. 2, 22, 69; cf.:
incumbite in causam, Quirites, ut facitis,
id. Phil. 4, 5, 12:
tu modo istam imbecillitatem valetudinis sustenta, ut facis,
id. Fam. 7, 1, 5:
satis enim erat, probatum illum esse populo Romano, ut est,
id. Phil. 1, 15, 37.—
2.
With the correlative ita or sic: VTI LEGASSIT SVPER PECVNIA TVTELAVE SVAE REI, ITA IVS ESTO, Leg. XII. Tab. 5, fr. 3: alii, ut esse in suam rem ducunt, ita sint;
ego ita ero ut me esse oportet,
Plaut. Men. 5, 6, 24 sq.:
sic sum ut vides,
id. Am. 2, 1, 57:
omnes posthabui mihi res, ita uti par fuit,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 15:
ut viro forti ac sapienti dignum fuit, ita calumniam ejus obtrivit,
Cic. Caecin. 7, 18.—In partic. with a superlative belonging to the principal sentence, attracted to the relative clause:
haec ut brevissime dici potuerunt, ita a me dicta sunt (= ita breviter dicta sunt ut dici potuerunt),
Cic. de Or. 2, 41, 174.—So ut qui, with sup.:
te enim semper sic colam et tuebor ut quem diligentissime,
Cic. Fam. 12, 62 fin.; without sic or ita:
causas ut honorificentissimis verbis consequi potero, complectar,
id. Phil. 14, 11, 29:
sed exigenda est ut optime possumus,
Quint. 12, 10, 38.—And with comp.:
eruditus autem sic ut nemo Thebanus magis,
Nep. Epam. 2, 1; cf.:
ad unguem Factus homo, non ut magis alter, amicus,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 33:
cocto Chium sic convenit, ut non Hoc magis ullum aliud,
id. ib. 2, 8, 48.—
3.
Doubled ut ut, as indefinite relative, = utcumque, in whatever manner, howsoever (mostly ante-class.; only with indic.):
gaudeo, ut ut erga me est merita,
Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 52:
age jam, utut est, etsi'st dedecori, patiar,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 85:
utut est, mihi quidem profecto cum istis dictis mortuo'st,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 76:
utut res sese habet, pergam, etc.,
id. Most. 3, 1, 14:
non potis est pietati opsisti huic, ututi res sunt ceterae,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 36; id. Cist. 1, 1, 110:
sed ut ut haec sunt, tamen hoc faciam,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 46; cf. id. ib. 3, 1, 4; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 26; id. Ad. 2, 2, 40; 4, 4, 22:
ut ut est res, casus consilium nostri itineris judicabit,
Cic. Att. 15, 25 B. and K. (dub.;
v. Orell. ad loc.): sed ut ut est, indulge valetudini tuae,
id. Fam. 16, 18, 1 dub. (al. ut est).—
4.
Causal, as, = prout, pro eo ut.
a.
Introducing a general statement, in correspondence with the particular assertion of the principal clause, ut = as, considering... that, in accordance with:
atque, ut nunc sunt maledicentes homines, uxori meae mihique objectent, lenociniam facere,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 75:
ut aetas mea est, atque ut huic usus facto est,
id. Men. 5, 2, 1:
haud scio hercle ut homo'st, an mutet animum,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 9:
praesertim, ut nunc sunt mores,
id. ib. 1, 2, 5:
atque ille, ut semper fuit apertissimus, non se purgavit, sed, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 25, 51:
permulta alia colligit Chrysippus, ut est in omni historia curiosus,
id. Tusc. 1, 45, 108:
magnifice et ornate, ut erat in primis inter suos copiosus, convivium comparat,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 65:
Kal. Sextilibus, ut tunc principium anni agebatur, consulatum ineunt,
Liv. 3, 6, 1:
tribuni, ut fere semper reguntur a multitudine magis quam regunt, dedere plebi, etc.,
id. 3, 71, 5:
transire pontem non potuerunt, ut extrema resoluta erant, etc.,
id. 21, 47, 3.—Ellipt.:
mortales multi, ut ad ludos, convenerant (ut fit, si ludi sunt),
Plaut. Men. prol. 30:
Epicharmi, acuti nec insulsi hominis, ut Siculi,
as was natural, he being a Sicilian, Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 15; so,
Diogenes, liberius, ut Cynicus... inquit,
id. ib. 5, 33, 92:
ceterum haec, ut in secundis rebus, segniter otioseque gesta,
Liv. 23, 14, 1.—
b.
Reflecting the assertion to particular circumstances, etc., ut = for, as, considering:
hic Geta ut captus est servorum, non malus,
Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 34:
ut est captus hominum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 27, 65; Caes. B. G. 4, 3: Themistocles ut apud nos perantiquus, ut apud Athenienses non ita sane vetus, in regard to us, etc., Cic. Brut. 10, 41:
Caelius Antipater, scriptor, ut temporibus illis, luculentus,
for those times, id. ib. 26, 102:
nonnihil, ut in tantis malis est profectum,
considering the unfortunate state of affairs, id. Fam. 12, 2, 2:
(orationis genus) ut in oratore exile,
for an orator, id. Or. 3, 18, 66:
multae (erant in Fabio) ut in homine Romano, litterae,
id. Sen. 4, 12:
consultissimus vir, ut in illa quisquam esse aetate poterat,
Liv. 1, 18, 1:
florentem jam ut tum res erant,
id. 1, 3, 3:
Apollonides orationem salutarem, ut in tali tempore, habuit,
id. 24, 28, 1:
Sp. Maelius, ut illis temporibus praedives,
id. 4, 13, 1: insigni, ut illorum temporum habitus erat, triumpho, id. 10, 46, 2:
Ardeam Rutuli habebant, gens ut in ea regione atque in ea aetate divitiis praepollens,
id. 1, 57, 1:
vir, ut inter Aetolos, facundus,
id. 32, 33, 9:
Meneclidas, satis exercitatus in dicendo, ut Thebanus scilicet,
Nep. Epam. 5, 2:
ad magnam deinde, ut in ea regione, urbem pervenit,
Curt. 9, 1, 14:
multum, ut inter Germanos, rationis ac sollertiae,
Tac. G. 30. —
c.
Ut before relatives, with subj., as it is natural for persons who, like one who, since he, since they, etc.; seeing that they, etc. (not in Cic.):
non demutabo ut quod certo sciam,
seeing that I know it for certain, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 153:
prima luce sic ab castris proficiscuntur ut quibus esset persuasum non ab hoste, sed ab homine amicissimo consilium datum,
Caes. B. G. 5, 31, 6:
facile persuadent (Lucumoni) ut cupido honorum, et cui Tarquinii materna tantum patria esset,
Liv. 1, 34, 6:
inde consul, ut qui jam ad hostes perventum cerneret, explorato, etc., procedebat,
id. 38, 18, 7:
Philippus, ut cui de summa rerum adesset certamen, adhortandos milites ratus, etc.,
id. 33, 4, 11:
Tarquinius ad jus regni nihil praeter vim habebat, ut qui neque populi jussu, neque auctoribus patribus regnaret,
id. 1, 49, 3; 25, 23, 3:
Aequorum exercitus, ut qui permultos annos imbelles egissent, sine ducibus certis, sine imperio,
id. 9, 45, 10:
igitur pro se quisque inermes, ut quibus nihil hostile suspectum esset, in agmen Romanum ruebant,
id. 30, 6, 3; 23, 15, 4; 23, 29, 12:
omnia nova offendit, ut qui solus didicerit quod inter multos faciendum est,
as is natural in one who, since he, Quint. 1, 2, 19:
in omni autem speciali inest generalis, ut quae sit prior,
id. 3, 5, 9:
ignara hujusce doctrinae loquacitas erret necesse est, ut quae vel multos vel falsos duces habeat,
id. 12, 2, 20; 5, 14, 28; 11, 3, 53.—Rarely with participle:
ne Volsci et Aequi... ad urbem ut ex parte captam venirent,
Liv. 3, 16, 2:
gens ferox cum procul visis Romanorum signis, ut extemplo proelium initura, explicuisset aciem, etc.,
id. 7, 23, 6.—
d.
With perinde or pro eo, with reference to several alternatives or degrees to be determined by circumstances, as, according as, to the extent that, in the measure that, etc.:
perinde ut opinio est de cujusque moribus, ita quid ab eo factum et non factum sit, existimari potest,
Cic. Clu. 25, 70:
in exspectatione civitas erat, perinde ut evenisset res, ita communicatos honores habitura,
Liv. 7, 6, 8: pro eo ut temporis difficultas aratorumque penuria tulit, Metell. ap. Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 126.—
C.
Transf. of local relations, like Gr. hina, where (very rare):
in eopse astas lapide, ut praeco praedicat,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 17:
flumen uti adque ipso divortio (aquae sunt),
Lucil. 8, 18 Mull.:
in extremos Indos, Litus ut longe resonante Eoa Tunditur unda,
Cat. 11, 2 sqq.; 17, 10; cf. Verg. A. 5, 329; Lucr. 6, 550 Munro ad loc.
II.
Conj.
A.
Introducing comparative clauses of manner, = eodem modo quo, as, like.
1.
In gen.
(α).
With sic as correlative:
haec res sic est ut narro tibi,
Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 40:
quae si ut animis sic oculis videre possemus, nemo de divina ratione dubitaret,
Cic. N. D. 2, 39, 99:
Pomponium Atticum sic amo ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5:
si sic ageres ut de eis egisti qui jam mortui sunt... ne tu in multos Autronios incurreres,
id. Brut. 72, 251:
sic, Scipio, ut avus hic tuus, ut ego, justitiam cole,
id. Rep. 6, 15, 15:
ut dicere alia aliis magis concessum est, sic etiam facere,
id. Quint. 11, 3, 150 (for ut... sic, in similes, v. sic, IV. 1. a.).—
(β).
With ita as correlative:
ut sementem feceris, ita metes,
Cic. Or. 2, 65, 261:
quamobrem, ut ille solebat, ita nunc mea repetat oratio populi origines,
id. Rep. 2, 1. 3:
non ut injustus in pace rex ita dux belli pravus fuit,
Liv. 1, 53, 1:
ut haec in unum congeruntur, ita contra illa dispersa sunt,
Quint. 9, 3, 39.—
(γ).
With other correlatives:
in balteo tracta ex caseo ad eundem modum facito ut placentum sine melle,
Cato, R. R. 78:
encytum ad eundem modum facito uti globos,
id. ib. 80:
cum animi inaniter moveantur eodem modo rebus his quae nulla sint ut iis quae sint,
Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:
disputationem exponimus, eisdem fere verbis, ut disputatumque est,
id. Tusc. 2, 3, 9: scelerum caput, ut tute es item omnis censes esse' [p. 1941] Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 55:
ut filium bonum patri esse oportet, item ego sum patri,
id. Am. 3, 4, 9:
fecisti item ut praedones solent,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 21:
item ut illo edicto de quo ante dixi... edixit, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 1, 45, § 117;
so with item,
id. Or. 60, 202:
is reliquit filium Pariter moratum ut pater eius fuit,
Plaut. Aul. prol. 21.—With atque:
nec fallaciam astutiorem ullus fecit Poeta atque ut haec est fabrefacta a nobis,
Plaut. Cas. 5, 1, 7.—And after aliter = than:
si aliter ut dixi accidisset,
Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—
(δ).
Without correlative:
rem omnem uti acta erat cognovit,
Sall. J. 71, 5:
quare perge ut instituisti,
Cic. Rep. 2, 11, 22:
apud me, ut apud bonum judicem, argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. ib. 1, 38, 59:
miscent enim illas et interponunt vitae, ut ludum jocumque inter seria,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 2:
comitetur voluptas, et circa corpus ut umbra versetur,
id. ib. 13, 5:
ut in animum ejus oratio, ut sol in oculos, incurrat,
Quint. 8, 2, 23.—
2.
In partic.
a.
Ut... ita or ut... sic; co-ordinate, introducing contrasted clauses.
(α).
= cum... tum, as... so, as on the one hand... so on the other, both and:
ut errare potuisti, sic decipi te non potuisse, quis non videt?
Cic. Fam. 10, 20, 2:
ut Poeni ad moenia urbis Romanae nullo prohibente se pervenisse in gloria ponebant, ita pigebat irriti incepti,
Liv. 26, 37, 6:
Dolabellam ut Tarsenses ita Laodiceni ultra arcessierunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 13, 4:
fert sortem suam quisque ut in ceteris rebus ita in amicitiis,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 3.—
(β).
Concessive, = etsi... tamen, although... yet:
consul, ut fortasse vere, sic parum utiliter in praesens certamen, respondit, etc.,
Liv. 4, 6, 2:
Saguntini, ut a proeliis quietem habuerant per aliquot dies, ita non cessaverant ab opere,
id. 21, 11, 5:
ut quies certaminum erat, ita ab apparatu operum nihil cessatum,
id. 21, 8, 1:
haec omnia ut invitis, ita non adversantibus patriciis transacta,
id. 3, 55, 15:
in agrum Nolanum exercitum traducit, ut non hostiliter statim, ita... nihil praetermissurus,
id. 23, 14, 6; 23, 34, 12:
uti longe a luxuria, ita famae propior,
Tac. Agr. 6:
ut multo infirmior, ita aliquatenus lucidior,
Quint. 10, 1, 74:
ut est utilis saepe... ita obstabit melioribus,
id. 12, 2, 12:
quod, ut optimum est, ita longe quidem, sed sequitur tamen,
id. 5, 12, 9; cf. id. 10, 1, 62.—With certe in place of ita:
ut non demens, crudelis certe videtur,
Quint. 9, 2, 91.—
b.
Ita... ut;
in oaths or strong asseverations: ita me di amabunt ut ego hunc ausculto lubens,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 22:
ita me di ament ut ego nunc non tam meapte causa Laetor quam illius,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 8:
ita me di amabunt, ut nunc Menedemi vicem Miseret me,
id. ib. 4, 5, 1:
ita vivo ut maximos sumptus facio,
Cic. Att. 5, 15, 2.—So with sic:
sic me di amabunt ut me tuarum miseritum'st fortunarum,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 54.—
c.
In exemplifications.
(α).
In gen., as for example, for instance:
nam aut ipsa cognitio rei perquiritur, ut: virtus suam ne, etc., aut agendi consilium exquiritur, ut: sitne sapienti, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 29, 112:
sunt bestiae in quibus inest aliquid simile virtutis, ut in leonibus, ut in canibus, in equis, etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:
in libero populo, ut Rhodi, ut Athenis, nemo est civium qui, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 31, 47:
qui rem publicam constituissent, ut Cretum Minos, Lacedaemoniorum Lycurgus, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 1, 2; id. Ac. 2, 24, 76; id. Inv. 2, 52, 157:
est aliquid quod dominus praestare servo debeat, ut cibaria, ut vestiarium,
Sen. Ben. 3, 21, 2:
est etiam amarum quiddam... et aere, ut illud Crassi Ego te consulem putem? etc.,
Quint. 8, 3, 89; 4, 3, 12.—Where several instances are adduced, if each of them singly is made prominent, ut is repeated with each;
if they are taken in a group, ut occurs but once, e. g. quod erant, qui aut in re publica, propter sapientiam florerent, ut Themistocles, ut Pericles, ut Theramenes, aut, qui.. sapientiae doctores essent, ut Gorgias, Thrasymachus, Isocrates, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 59.—
(β).
Ut si, if for instance; for example, if, etc.; with subj.:
ut si accusetur is qui P. Sulpicium se fateatur occidisse,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25:
ut si quis hoc velit ostendere, eum qui parentem necarit, etc.,
Cic. Inv. 2, 15, 48:
ut si qui docilem faciat auditorem, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 18, 26:
ut si qui in foro cantet,
id. Off. 1, 40, 145:
ut si quis ei quem urgeat fames venenum ponat,
Liv. 6, 40, 12; cf. Auct. Her. 2, 26, 4; 2, 27, 43; 3, 2, 2; Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 92:
ut si obsessi de facienda ad hostem deditione deliberent,
Quint. 3, 8, 23:
ut si des arma timidis et imbellibus,
id. 12, 5, 2; 5, 10, 34; 2, 4, 18; 9, 2, 79 et saep.—So with cum:
ut cum marem feminamque filios dicimus,
Quint. 9, 3, 63; 1, 6, 22; 3, 8, 30; 9, 1, 3.—
d.
Before an appositive noun, as, the same as, like:
qui canem et felem ut deos colunt,
Cic. Leg. 1, 11, 32:
ut militiae Africanum ut deum coleret Laelius,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:
suam vitam ut legem praefert suis civibus,
id. ib. 1, 34, 52:
habuit (ei) honorem ut proditori, non ut amico fidem,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 15, § 38:
Hannibalem, non ut prudentem tantum virum, sed ut vatem omnium quae tum evenirent admirari,
Liv. 36, 15, 2: (Dionysium) dimisi a me ut magistrum Ciceronum non lubenter;
ut hominem ingratum non invitus,
in his capacity of, Cic. Att. 8, 10:
qui ante captas Syracusas non desciverant... ut socii fideles accepti, quos metus post captas Syracusas dediderat, ut victi a victore leges acceperunt,
Liv. 25, 40, 4:
qui et ipsum, ut ambiguae fidei virum, suspectum jam pridem habebat,
id. 24, 45, 12:
Cicero ea quae nunc eveniunt cecinit ut vates,
Nep. Att. 16:
et ipsam (virtutem) ut deos, et professores ejus ut antistites colite,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 7:
hunc ut deum homines intuebuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 65:
id ut crimen ingens expavescendum est,
id. 9, 3, 35.—
e.
Ut si = quasi, velut si, tamquam si, as if, just as if:
mater coepit studiose... educere ita uti si esset filia,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 37:
Rufio tuus ita desiderabatur ut si esset unus e nobis,
Cic. Fam. 7, 20, 1:
ejus negotium sic velim suscipias ut si esset res mea,
id. ib. 2, 14, 1:
ita se gerant in istis Asiaticis itineribus ut si iter Appia via faceres,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 6:
qui aliis nocent ut in alios liberales sint, in eadem sunt injustitia ut si in suam rem aliena convertant,
id. Off. 1, 14, 42; id. Opt. Gen. 4, 10:
similes sunt ut si qui gubernatorem in navigando nihil agere dicant,
like men who should say, Cic. Sen. 6, 17: similiter facere eos... ut si nautae certarent, etc., they act like sailors who, etc., id. Off. 1, 25, 87.—
f.
Ut quisque... ita (sic), with superlatives (= eo magis... quo magis, with indefinite subjects): ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime alios improbos suspicatur, the better a man is, the more difficult it is for him to, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4, § 12:
ut quaeque res est turpissima, sic maxime et maturissime vindicanda est,
id. Caecin. 2, 7:
ut quisque (morbus) est difficillimus, ita medicus nobilissimus quaeritur,
id. Clu. 21, 57:
ut quisque te maxime cognatione... attingebat, ita maxime manus tua putabatur,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 27; id. Off. 1, 16, 50; 1, 19, 64:
nam ut quaeque forma perfectissima ita capacissima est,
Quint. 1, 10, 40.—This construction is variously modified,
(α).
With ita understood:
facillime ad res injustas impellitur ut quisque altissimo animo est,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 65. —
(β).
With virtual superlatives:
ut quisque in fuga postremus ita in periculo princeps erat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 90:
ut quisque optime institutus est, esse omnino nolit in vita, si, etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 20, 57.—
(γ).
The superlatives omitted in either clause:
ut quisque aetate antecedit, ita sententiae principatum tenet,
Cic. Sen. 18, 64:
ut quisque aetate et honore antecedebat, ita sententiam dixit,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 64, § 143:
pro se quisque, ut in quoque erat auctoritatis plurimum, ad populum loquebatur,
id. ib. 2, 1, 27, §
68: ut quisque gradu proximus erat, ita ignominiae objectus,
Liv. 9, 6, 1:
ut quisque maxime laboraret locus, aut ipse occurrebat, aut aliquos mittebat,
id. 34, 38, 6.—And with tum = ita:
nec prodesse tantum, sed etiam amari potest, tum... ut quisque erit Ciceroni simillimus,
in proportion to his resemblance, Quint. 2, 5, 20.—
(δ).
With a comparative in one of the terms:
major autem (societas est) ut quisque proxime accederet,
Cic. Lael. 5, 19.—
(ε).
Without superlative, as, according as:
de captivis, ut quisque liber aut servus esset, suae fortunae a quoque sumptum supplicium est,
Liv. 3, 18, 10 (for ut quisque... ita, in temporal clauses, v. B. 3. g infra).—
B.
Introducing a temporal clause, the principal predicate being an immediate sequence; orig. = quo tempore.
1.
With perf. indic.
a.
In gen., as soon as:
principio ut illo advenimus... continuo Amphitruo delegit viros, etc.,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 49:
ut hinc te intro ire jussi, opportune hic fit mi obviam,
Ter. And. 3, 4, 11:
ut abii abs te fit forte obviam Mihi Phormio,
id. Phorm. 4, 3, 12:
ut modo argentum tibi dedimus apud forum, recta domum Sumus profecti,
id. ib. 5, 6, 19; id. Hec. 3, 3, 5; 5, 1, 26; id. Eun. 4, 7, 12:
qui ut peroravit, surrexit Clodius,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 3, 2:
eumque ut salutavit, amicissime apprehendit,
id. Rep. 1, 11, 7:
qui ut huc venit... hominesque Romanos bellicis studiis ut vidit incensos, existimavit, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 13, 25; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Brut. 8, 30:
ut vero aquam ingressi sunt... tum utique egressis rigere omnibus corpora,
Liv. 21, 54, 9:
ut haec dicta in senatu sunt, dilectus edicitur,
id. 3, 10, 9; 23, 34, 6; 24, 44, 10.—
b.
In oblique discourse:
Ariovistum, ut semel Gallorum copias vicerit, superbe et crudeliter imperare,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31.—
c.
With primum, when first, as soon as ever:
atque ego, ut primum fletu represso loqui posse coepi, Quaeso inquam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 6, 15, 15:
Siculi, ut primum videre volgari morbos, in suas quisque urbes dilapsi sunt,
Liv. 25, 26, 13: ut primum lingua coepit esse in quaestu, curam morum qui diserti habebantur reliquerunt, Quint. prooem. 13.—
d.
Rarely of coincidence in time:
nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi puto prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46.—
e.
Ut = ex quo tempore. since:
ut Brundusio profectus es, nullae mihi abs te sunt redditae litterae,
Cic. Att. 1, 15, 2.—
2.
With imperf. indic.
(α).
In gen.: Fabii oratio fuit qualis biennio ante;
deinde, ut vincebatur consensu, versa ad P. Decium collegam poscendum,
Liv. 10, 22, 2:
deinde ut nulla vi perculsos sustinere poterat, Quid ultra moror, inquit, etc.,
id. 10, 28, 20:
Marcellus, ut tanta vis ingruebat mali, traduxerat in urbem suos,
id. 25, 26, 15:
ut vero... exurebatur amoenissimus Italiae ager, villaeque passim incendiis fumabant... tum prope de integro seditione accensi,
id. 22, 14, 1.— And with perf. and imperf. in co-ordinate clauses:
consules, ut ventum ad Cannas est, et in conspectu Poenum habebant,
Liv. 22, 44, 1:
ut in extrema juga ventum, et hostes sub oculis erant,
id. 22, 14, 3:
ut Poenus apparuit in collibus, et pauci... adferebant, etc.,
id. 24, 1, 6.—
(β).
Of repeated past actions, whenever:
ut quaeque pars castrorum nudata defensoribus premi videbatur, eo occurrere et auxilium ferre,
Caes. B. G. 3, 4.—
3.
With plupf.
(α).
= postquam (rare):
ut hinc forte ea ad obstetricem erat missa,
Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 10:
ut ad mare nostrae cohortes excubuerant, accessere subito prima luce Pompejani,
Caes. B. C. 3, 63.—
(β).
In epistolary style = the Engl. perf.:
litteras scripsi... statim ut tuas legeram (= litteras nunc scribo, ut tuas legi),
Cic. Att. 2, 12, 4:
ut Athenas a. d. VII. Kal. Quinct. veneram, exspectabam ibi jam quartum diem Pomptinium (= ut veni, exspecto),
id. ib. 5, 10, 1.—
(γ).
Of repeated past actions, whenever:
ut cujusque sors exciderat... alacer arma capiebat,
Liv. 21, 42, 3 dub.:
ut quisque istius animum offenderat, in lautumias statim coniciebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 55, § 143:
ut quidque ego apprehenderam, statim accusator extorquebat e manibus,
id. Clu. 19, 52:
ut cuique erat locus attributus, ad munitiones accedunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 81; cf.:
ut quisque arma ceperat... inordinati in proelium ruunt,
Liv. 23, 27, 5.—With ita as correl.:
ut enim quisque contra voluntatem ejus dixerat, ita in eum judicium de professione jugerum postulabatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 15, § 39.—
4.
With fut. perf., or, in oblique discourse, plupf. subj.:
neque, ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,
Cic. Or. 2, 34, 146:
traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum... victoriam de Veientibus dari,
Liv. 5, 15, 11 (for ut after simul, v. simul, VI.).—
C.
Introducing substantive clauses, that; always with subj. (cf. ut as interrog. adverb in dependent clauses, I. A. 3. supra).
1.
In object clauses.
a.
In clauses which, if independent, would take the imperative mood, often rendered by the Engl. infinitive.
(α).
After verbs denoting [p. 1942] to wish, request, pray, demand, or invite:
malim istuc aliis ita videatur quam uti tu, soror, te collaudes,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 18:
equidem mallem ut ires,
Cic. Att. 1, 16, 8:
equidem vellem ut pedes haberent (res tuae),
id. Fam. 7, 31, 2:
volo uti mihi respondeas num quis, etc.,
id. Vatin. 7, 17:
precor (deos) ut his infinitis nostris malis contenti sint,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 9:
postulo ut ne quid praejudicati afferatis,
id. Clu. 2, 5:
petebant uti equites praemitterent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11:
tibi instat Hortensius ut eas in consilium,
Cic. Quint. 10, 34:
hoc ut aliquando fieret, instabat,
Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 2:
illum Dolabellae dixisse (= eum rogasse) ut ad me scriberet (= me rogaret), ut in Italiam quam primum venirem,
Cic. Att. 11, 7, 2:
cupio ut quod nunc natura et impetus est, fiat judicium,
Sen. Clem. 2, 2, 2:
senectutem ut adipiscantur omnes optant,
Cic. Lael. 2, 4:
exigo a me, non ut optimis par sim, sed ut malis melior,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 3.—With ut ne = ne:
Trebatio mandavi, ut, si quid te eum velles ad me mittere, ne recusaret,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 2; Tac. H. 4, 58 fin. —Also without verb, like utinam, to express a wish;
esp. in imprecations (ante-class.): ut te cum tua Monstratione magnus perdat Juppiter,
Ter. Ad. 4, 6, 2:
ut illum di deaeque perdant,
id. Eun. 2, 3, 10; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 6.—
(β).
After verbs expressing or implying advice, suggestion, or exhortation:
ego vos hortari tantum possum ut, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 5, 17:
quod suades ut ad Quinctium scribam, etc.,
id. Att. 11, 16, 4:
tibi auctor sum ut eum tibi ordinem reconcilies,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 26:
censeo ut iter reliquum conficere pergas,
I propose, id. Or. 2, 71, 200; Caes. B. C. 1, 2; Liv. 30, 40, 4:
dixeram a principio ut sileremus,
I had advised, Cic. Brut. 42, 157:
Pompejum monebat ut meam domum metueret,
id. Sest. 64, 133:
equidem suasi ut Romam pergeret,
id. Att. 16, 8, 2:
M. Messalae et ipsi Attico dixit ut sine cura essent,
exhorted, id. ib. 16, 16, A, 5.—
(γ).
After verbs expressing resolution or agreement to do something:
rus ut irem jam heri constitiveram,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 136:
decrevistis ut de praemiis militum primo quoque tempore referretur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:
constitueram ut pridie Idus Aquini manerem,
id. Att. 16, 10, 1:
statuunt ut decem millia hominum in oppidum submittantur,
Caes. B. G. 7, 21:
Hasdrubal paciscitur cum Celtiberorum principibus ut copias inde abducant,
Liv. 25, 33, 3:
illos induxisse in animum, ut superbo quondam regi, tum infesto exuli proderent (patriam),
id. 2, 5, 7; 27, 9, 9; 42, 25, 11:
ut ne plebi cum patribus essent conubia sanxerunt,
Cic. Rep. 2, 27, 63:
servitia urbem ut incenderent conjurarunt,
Liv. 4, 45, 1.—
(δ).
After verbs of command or prohibition:
imperat Laelio ut per collis circumducat equites,
Liv. 28, 33, 11:
illud praecipiendum fuit ut... diligentiam adhiberemus,
Cic. Lael. 16, 60:
M. Aemilio senatus negotium dat ut Patavinorum seditionem comprimeret,
Liv. 41, 27, 3:
consul edicere est ausus ut senatus ad vestitum rediret,
Cic. Pis. 8, 18:
jubet sententiam ut dicant suam,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 50:
hic tibi in mentem non venit jubere ut haec quoque referret,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 28.—With ne:
iis praedixit, ut ne prius Lacedaemoniorum legatos dimitteret, quam ipse esset remissus,
Nep. Them. 7, 3.—
(ε).
Verbs expressing permission:
atque ille legem mihi de XII. tabulis recitavit quae permittit ut furem noctu liceat occidere,
Cic. Tull. 20, 47:
concedo tibi ut ea praetereas quae, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 19, 54:
dabis mihi hanc veniam ut eorum... auctoritatem Graecis anteponam,
id. de Or. 1, 6, 23:
ille tibi potestatem facturus est ut eligas utrum velis,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:
illud natura non patitur ut aliorum spoliis nostras facultates augeamus,
id. Off. 3, 5, 22.—
b.
In dependent clauses implying an aim or end.
(α).
After verbs denoting direction and inclination of the mind, care, purpose, intention, or striving:
ut plurimis prosimus enitimur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 2, 6:
facilior erit ut albam esse nivem probet quam erat Anaxagoras,
he will be more inclined, disposed, id. ib. 2, 36, 117: ne ille longe aberit ut argumento credat philosophorum, far remote from believing = not inclined, id. ib. 2, 47, 144: qui sibi hoc sumpsit ut conrigat mores aliorum, quis huic ignoscat si, who undertakes to correct, id. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:
navem idoneam ut habeas diligenter videbis,
care, id. Fam. 16, 1, 2:
ille intellexit id agi atque id parari ut filiae suae vis afferretur,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 67:
pater potuit animum inducere ut naturam ipsam vinceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 19, 53:
cum senatus temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam,
id. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
equidem ut honore dignus essem, maxime semper laboravi,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
omni contentione pugnatum est ut lis haec capitis existimaretur,
id. Clu. 41, 116:
omnis spes ad id versa ut totis viribus terra adgrederentur,
Liv. 24, 34, 12:
omnis cura solet in hoc versari, semper ut boni aliquid efficiam dicendo,
Cic. de Or. 2, 75, 306:
se miliens morituros potius quam ut tantum dedecoris admitti patiantur,
Liv. 4, 2, 8; 2, 34, 11.—
(β).
Verbs of effecting:
nec potui tamen Propitiam Venerem facere uti esset mihi,
Plaut. Poen. 2, 6:
prior pars orationis tuae faciebat ut mori cuperem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 47, 112:
caritas annonae faciebat ut istuc... tempore magnum videretur,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215:
sol efficit ut omnia floreant,
id. N. D. 2, 15, 41:
potest praestare ut ea causa melior esse videatur,
id. Or. 1, 10, 44:
non committam ut tibi ipse insanire videar,
id. Fam. 5, 5, 3:
di prohibeant, judices, ut hoc praesidium sectorum existimetur,
id. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
effecisti ut viverem et morerer ingratus,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 1:
quibus nihil aliud actum est quam ut pudor hominibus peccandi demeretur,
id. Vit. Beat. 26, 6.—
(γ).
Verbs of obtaining:
Dumnorix a Sequanis impetrat ut per fines suos Helvetios ire patiantur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 9:
quid assequitur, nisi hoc ut arent qui... in agris remanserunt,
what does he gain, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 55, § 128:
facile tenuit ut (Chalcidis) portae sibi aperirentur,
Liv. 35, 51, 6:
vicerunt tribuni ut legem perferrent,
id. 4, 25, 13.—
(δ).
Verbs of inducing and compelling:
nec ut omnia quae praescripta sunt defendamus necessitate ulla cogimur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 3, 8:
civitati persuasit ut de finibus suis exirent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 2:
exspectatione promissi tui moveor ut admoneam te,
Cic. Fam. 9, 8, 1:
Parhedrum excita ut hortum ipse conducat,
id. ib. 16, 18, 2:
ille adduci non potest ut... ne lucem quoque hanc eripere cupiat, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 52, 150:
impellit alios avaritia, alios iracundia ut levem auditionem pro re comperta habeant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 42:
ut de clementia scriberem, Nero Caesar, una me vox tua maxime compulit,
Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 1.—
(ε).
After verbs implying duty, right, rule, condition, or possibility:
cum mihi ne ut dubitem quidem relinquatur,
not even the possibility of doubt, Cic. Ac. 2, 38, 119:
obsides inter se dent, Sequani ne itinere Helvetios prohibeant, Helvetii ut sine maleficio transeant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 9:
se ita a majoribus didicisse ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,
id. ib. 1, 13:
mea lenitas hoc exspectavit ut id quod latebat erumperet,
Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:
(natura) nobis insculpsit in mentibus, ut eos (deos) aeternos et beatos haberemus,
id. N. D. 1, 17, 45:
hoc mihi Metellus non eripuit, hoc etiam addidit ut quererer hoc sociis imperari,
he gave the additional right, id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
ut vero conloqui cum Orpheo, Musaeo, Homero liceat, quanti tandem aestimatis?
the privilege of conversing, id. Tusc. 1, 41, 98:
respondet Socrates sese meruisse ut amplissimis honoribus decoraretur,
id. Or. 1, 54, 272:
meruit ut suspendatur,
Sen. Ep. 7, 5:
quia enim non sum dignus prae te ut figam palum in parietem,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 4, 4.—So after dignus, Liv. 24, 16, 19; Quint. 8, 5, 12.—
c.
After verbs of fearing, where ut implies a wish contrary to the fear; that not:
rem frumentariam, ut satis commode supportari posset, timere se dicebant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 39:
vereor ut satis diligenter actum sit in senatu de litteris meis,
Cic. Att. 6, 4, 2:
verebar ut redderentur,
id. Fam. 12, 19, 1:
sin homo amens diripiendam urbem daturus est, vereor ut Dolabella ipse satis nobis prodesse possit,
id. ib. 14, 14, 1:
veretur Hiempsal ut foedus satis firmum sit,
id. Leg. 2, 22, 58:
timeo ut sustineas,
id. Fam. 14, 2, 3:
o puer, ut sis vitalis, metuo, et majorum ne quis amicus Frigore te feriat,
Hor. S. 2, 1, 60.— So sometimes after video, with weakened force: vide ut sit, nearly = perhaps it is not (cf. Roby, Gr. 2, p. 280): considerabitis, vestri similes feminae sintne Romae;
si enim non sunt, videndum est, ut honeste vos esse possitis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 1.—Very rarely ut stands for ne after verbs of fearing:
quia nihil minus, quam ut egredi obsessi moenibus auderent, timeri poterat,
Liv. 28, 22, 12 Weissenb. ad loc.:
ut ferula caedas meritum... non vereor,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 120 Jan. and Orell. ad loc. —
d.
In interrogative clauses represented as untrue, rejecting a supposition or thought with indignation (nearly = fierine potest ut):
me ut quisquam norit, nisi ille qui praebet cibum?
Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 52:
te ut ulla res frangat, tu ut umquam te corrigas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 9, 22:
egone ut te interpellem?
id. Tusc. 2, 18, 42:
pater ut in judicio capitis obesse filio debeat?
id. Planc. 13, 31:
egone ut prolis meae fundam cruorem?
Sen. Med. 927.—
2.
In subject clauses, with impersonal predicates.
a.
With a predicate adjective.
(α).
With the idea of rule, duty, etc.:
id arbitror Adprime in vita utile esse, ut ne quid nimis,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 34:
reliquum est ut de Catuli sententia dicendum videatur,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 20, 59:
praeclarum est et verum ut eos qui nobis carissimi esse debeant, aeque ac nosmet ipsos amemus,
id. Tusc. 3, 29, 73:
ergo hoc sit primum ut demonstremus quem imitetur,
id. de Or. 2, 22, 90:
proximum est ut doceam, etc.,
id. N. D. 2, 29, 73:
extremum est ut te orem, etc.,
id. Fam. 4, 13, 7:
ei (Dionysio) ne integrum quidem erat ut ad justitiam remigraret,
permission, id. Tusc. 5, 21, 62. —With predicates, aequum est, par (anteclass. and rare):
aequom videtur tibi ut ego alienum quod est Meum esse dicam?
Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 4:
non par videtur... praesente ibus una paedagogus ut siet,
id. Bacch. 1, 2, 31.—
(β).
In clauses expressing result and consequence:
magnificum illud etiam et gloriosum ut Graecis de philosophia litteris non egeant, illud,
that result of my labors, Cic. Div. 2, 2, 5:
consentaneum est huic naturae ut sapiens velit gerere et administrare rem publicam,
id. Fin. 3, 20, 68. —
(γ).
In clauses represented as real, true, false, certain, or probable (where the acc. and inf. might be used):
concedetur verum esse ut bonos boni diligant,
Cic. Lael. 14, 50: sin autem illa veriora ut idem interitus animorum et corporum, etc., id. ib 4, 14; cf.:
concedant ut hi viri boni fuerin (= concedant vere factum esse ut, etc.),
id. ib. 5, 18:
si verum est ut populus Romanus omnis gentes virtute superarit, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 1, 1:
de ipso Roscio potest illud quidem esse falsum ut circumligatus fuerit, angui,
Cic. Div. 2, 31, 66:
non est verisimile ut Chrysogonus horum litteras adamarit aut humanitatem,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 121:
deos verisimile est ut alios indulgentius tractent propter parentis, alios propter futuram posterorum indolem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 32, 1; so,
rarum est ut,
Quint. 3, 19, 3:
quid tam inusitatum quam ut, etc.,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 21, 62.—And after potius:
multi ex plebe spe amissa potius quam ut cruciarentur... se in Tiberim praecipitaverunt,
Liv. 4, 12, 11.—
b.
With predicate nouns.
(α).
Expressing the idea of a verb which would require an object clause, with ut:
quoniam ut aliter facias non est copia,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 30:
Romano in hostico morandi causa erat ut hostem ad certamen eliceret,
Liv. 6, 31, 7:
vetus est lex amicitiae ut idem amici semper velint,
Cic. Planc. 2, 5:
consensus fuit senatus ut mature proficisceremur (= decretum est a senatu),
id. Fam. 3, 3, 1:
fuit hoc sive meum, sive rei publicae fatum ut in me unum omnis illa inclinatio temporum incumberet,
ordained by fate, id. Balb. 26, 58:
tempus est ut eamus ad forum,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 72:
dicasque tempus maximum esse ut eat,
id. ib. 4, 3, 9:
primum est officium ut homo se conservet in naturae statu,
Cic. Fin. 3, 6, 20:
ejus culturae hoc munus est ut efficiat, etc.,
id. ib. 4, 14, 38:
caput illud est ut Lyconem recipias in necessitudinem tuam,
duty, id. Fam. 13, 19, 3; so,
caput est ut, etc.,
id. de Or. 1, 19, 87:
fuit hoc quoddam inter Scipionem et Laelium jus ut Scipio Laelium observaret parentis loco,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:
mea ratio in dicendo haec esse solet ut boni quod habeat id amplectar,
id. de Or. 2, 72, 292; so,
ratio est ut,
id. Verr. 1, 11, 34: est mos hominum ut [p. 1943] nolint eundem pluribus excellere, id. Brut. 21, 84:
est hoc Gallicae consuetudinis ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 5.—
(β).
Expressing result and consequence:
est hoc commune vitium in magnis liberisque civitatibus ut invidia gloriae comes sit,
Nep. Chabr. 3, 3.—
c.
With impersonal verbs.
(α).
Including the idea of a verb requiring an object clause, with ut:
convenit, victi utri sint eo proelio, urbem, agrum... seque uti dederent,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 71:
mihi cum Dejotaro convenit ut ille in meis castris esset,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 14:
placitum est ut in aprico loco considerent,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:
postea mihi placuit ut, etc.,
id. Or. 1, 34, 155:
ad Appii Claudii senectutem accedebat etiam ut caecus esset,
id. Sen. 6, 16.—So after fit, it happens:
fit ut natura ipsa ad ornatius dicendi genus incitemur,
Cic. Or. 2, 83, 338:
potest fieri ut res verbosior haec fuerit, illa verior,
it may be that, id. Att. 8, 3, 6; id. Ac. 2, 11, 36; id. Verr. 2, 2, 77, § 190.—
So with accidit, evenit, contigit: accidit... ut illo itinere veniret Lampsacum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63; so id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 25:
sed tamen hoc evenit ut in vulgus insipientium opinio valeat,
id. Tusc. 2, 26, 63:
utinam Caesari contigisset ut esset optimo cuique carissimus,
id. Phil. 5, 18, 49.—
(β).
Denoting consequence:
ex quo efficitur ut quidquid honestum sit, idem sit utile,
Cic. Off. 2, 3, 10:
sequitur ut dicamus quae beneficia danda sint et quemadmodum,
Sen. Ben. 1, 11, 1:
sequitur ut causa ponatur,
Cic. Or. 2, 81, 331.—
(γ).
Est, in the meaning fit, or causa est:
est ut plerique philosophi nulla tradant praecepta dicendi,
it is a fact that, Cic. Or. 2, 36, 152:
non est igitur ut mirandum sit ea praesentiri,
there is no reason for wondering, id. Div. 1, 56, 128:
quando fuit ut quod licet non liceret?
id. Cael. 20, 48; so, in eo est ut, prope est ut, to be on the point of, to be near to:
jam in eo rem fore ut Romani aut hostes aut domini habendi sint,
Liv. 8, 27, 3:
cum jam in eo esset ut comprehenderetur,
Nep. Paus. 5, 1; id. Milt. 7, 3:
jam prope erat ut ne consulum quidem majestas coerceret iras hominum,
Liv. 2, 23, 14:
prope est ut lamentationem exigat,
Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 4.— Here belongs the circumlocution of the periphrastic future by futurum esse or fore, with ut; generally in the inf.:
arbitrabar fore ut lex de pecuniis repetundis tolleretur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 14, 41.—Very rarely in the indic.:
futurum est ut sapiam,
Sen. Ep. 117, 29.—
3.
In attributive clauses, dependent on nouns not belonging to the predicate.
a.
With the idea of resolve, etc.:
vicit sententia ut mitterentur coloni,
Liv. 9, 26, 4:
sententiam dixit (= censuit) ut judicum comitia haberentur,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1, 2; id. Fam. 4, 4, 5; id. Tusc. 5, 41, 119; id. Leg. 3, 15, 33.—
b.
Of agreement:
fide accepta ut remitterent eum,
Liv. 24, 48, 8. —
c.
Of law, rule, etc.:
praetores rogationem promulgarunt ut omnes regiae stirpis interficerentur,
Liv. 24, 25, 10:
senatus consultum factum est ut M. Fulvius litteras extemplo ad consulem mitteret,
id. 35, 24, 2:
haec ei est proposita condicio ut aut juste accusaret aut acerbe moreretur,
Cic. Clu. 14, 42:
Suevi in eam se consuetudinem induxerunt ut locis frigidissimis lavarentur in fluminibus,
Caes. B. G. 4, 1.—
d.
Of duty:
jusjurandum poscit ut quod esse ex usu Galliae intellexissent, communi consilio administrarent,
Caes. B. G. 8, 6. —
e.
Of purpose, inclination, etc.:
vobis dent di mentem oportet ut prohibeatis, etc.,
make you inclined, Liv. 6, 18, 9:
causa mihi fuit huc veniendi ut quosdam hinc libros promerem,
Cic. Fin. 3, 2, 8:
confectio tabularum hanc habet vim (= efficit) ut quidquid fingatur aut non constet, appareat,
id. Font. 2, 3.—
f.
Of effect, result, etc.:
fuit ista quondam virtus ut viri fortes acrioribus suppliciis civem perniciosum quam hostem everterent,
Cic. Cat. 1, 1, 3:
habet hoc virtus ut viros fortis species ejus et pulchritudo etiam in hoste posita delectet,
id. Pis. 32, 81:
damnatum poenam sequi oportebat ut igni cremaretur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 4.—
4.
In clauses of manner, that, so that.
a.
With ita, sic, adeo, tantus, talis, or tam as antecedent (v. hh. vv.;
anteclass. ut qui = ut): Adeon' me fungum fuisse ut qui illi crederem?
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 49.—
b.
With is or hic as antecedent: eos deduxi testes et eas litteras deportavi ut de istius facto dubium esse nemini possit, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 42, § 91:
ejusmodi res publica debet esse ut inimicus neque deesse nocenti possit, neque obesse innocenti (ejusmodi = talis),
id. ib. 2, 3, 69, §
162: eo perducam servum ut in multa liber sit,
Sen. Ben. 3, 19, 2:
non eo loco res humanae sunt ut vobis tantum otii supersit,
id. Vit. Beat. 27, 6:
haec aequitas in tuo imperio fuit, haec praetoris dignitas ut servos Siculorum dominos esse velles,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 38, § 87:
hoc jure sunt socii ut eis ne deplorare quidem de suis incommodis liceat,
id. ib. 2, 2, 27, § 65.—
c.
Without antecedents, so that:
cujus aures clausae veritati sunt ut ab amico verum audire nequeat, hujus salus desperanda est,
Cic. Lael. 24, 90:
in virtute multi sunt ascensus, ut is maxima gloria excellat qui virtute plurimum praestet,
id. Planc. 25, 60:
mons altissimus impendebat ut perpauci prohibere possent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6:
accessit quod Domitius Heraclea iter fecerat, ut ipsa fortuna illum obicere Pompejo videretur,
id. B. C. 3, 79:
pecunia a patre exacta crudeliter, ut divenditis omnibus bonis aliquamdiu trans Tiberim veluti relegatus viveret,
Liv. 3, 13, 10:
fama Gallici belli pro tumultu valuit ut et dictatorem dici placeret,
id. 8, 17, 6:
nihilo minus... magnas percipiendum voluptates, ut fatendum sit, etc.,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 1.—
d.
Idiomat. with non.
(α).
Ut non, when the principal sentence is negative, without: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunam amittere ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem, without dragging, etc., Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
flaminem Quirinalem neque mittere a sacris neque retinere possumus ut non deum aut belli deseramus curam,
Liv. 24, 8, 10:
non ita fracti animi civitatis erant ut non sentirent, etc.,
id. 45, 25, 12:
nusquam oculi ejus flectentur ut non quod indignentur inveniant,
Sen. Ira, 2, 7, 2:
ajunt, nec honeste quemquam vivere ut non jucunde vivat, nec jucunde ut non honeste quoque,
id. Vit. Beat. 6, 3:
nemo in eo quod daturus es gratiam suam facere potest ut non tuam minuat,
id. Ben. 2, 4, 3; cf. also: ut non conferam vitam neque existimationem tuam cum illius;
neque enim est conferenda (= ut omittam conferre),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 45.—
(β).
Non ut, followed by sed quod, causal (= non quod, sed quod;
rare): earum exempla tibi misi non ut deliberarem reddendaene essent, sed quod non dubito, etc.,
not that... but because, Cic. Att. 14, 17, 4:
haec ad te scribo non ut queas tu demere solitudinem, sed, etc.,
id. ib. 11, 15, 3.—Followed by sed ut:
benigne accipe (beneficium): rettulisti gratiam, non ut solvisse te putes, sed ut securior debeas,
Sen. Ben. 2, 35, 5; and in reversed order: quorsum haec praeterita? Quia sequitur illud, etc.;
non ut eas res causam adferrent amoris,
Cic. Fat. 15, 35.—Rarely nedum ut, in the sense of nedum alone, much less that, not to mention that (mostly post-class.; cf.
Zumpt, Gram. § 573): ne voce quidem incommoda, nedum ut illa vis fieret, paulatim permulcendo mansuefecerant plebem,
Liv. 3, 14, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:
quando enim... fama in totam urbem penetrat? nedum ut per tot provincias innotescat,
Tac. Or. 10.—
e.
Conditional or concessive.
(α).
Granting that ( for argument's sake):
quod ut ita sit—nihil enim pugno—quid habet ista res aut laetabile aut gloriosum?
Cic. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:
sed ut haec concedantur, reliqua qui tandem intellegi possunt?
id. N. D. 3, 16, 41:
ut tibi concedam hoc indignum esse, tu mihi concedas necesse est, etc.,
id. Clu. 53, 146:
quae, ut essent vera, conjungi debuerunt,
id. Fin. 4, 15, 40:
quae natura ut uno consensu juncta sit et continens... quid habere mundus potest cum thesauri inventione conjunctum?
id. Div. 2, 14, 33:
nihil est prudentia dulcius, quam, ut cetera auferat, adfert certe senectus,
id. Tusc. 1, 39, 94.—
(β).
Even if, although:
qui (exercitus) si pacis... nomen audiverit, ut non referat pedem, insistet certe,
Cic. Phil. 12, 3, 8:
ut ea pars defensionis relinquatur, quid impediet actionem? etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 34, 108:
ut quaeras omnia, quomodo Graeci ineptum appellant non reperies,
id. de Or. 2, 4, 18:
ut enim neminem alium nisi T. Patinam rogasset, scire potuit, illo ipso die a Milone prodi flaminem,
id. Mil. 17, 46: verum ut hoc non sit, tamen praeclarum spectaculum mihi propono, id. Att. 2, 15; id. Leg. 1, 8, 23; id. Fat. 5, 9; id. Verr. 2, 3, 64, § 151; 2, 1, 45, § 117; id. Planc. 25, 62:
qui, ut non omnis peritissimus sim belli, cum Romanis certe bellare didici,
Liv. 36, 7, 20:
neque equites armis equisque salvis tantum vim fluminis superasse verisimile est, ut jam Hispanos omnes inflati travexerint utres,
id. 21, 47, 5:
at enim, ut jam ita sint haec, quid ad vos, Romani?
id. 34, 32, 13:
ut jam Macedonia deficiat,
id. 42, 12, 10:
cum jam ut virtus vestra transire alio possit, fortuna certe loci hujus transferri non possit,
id. 5, 54, 6; 22, 50, 2; cf.:
ac jam ut omnia contra opinionem acciderent, tamen se plurimum navibus posse,
Caes. B. G. 3, 9:
ut desint vires tamen est laudanda voluntas,
Ov. P. 3, 4, 79:
ut dura videatur appellatio, tamen sola est,
Quint. 3, 8, 25; 6, prooem. 15.—Ut maxime = si maxime:
quaere rationem cur ita videatur: quam ut maxime inveneris... non tu verum testem habere, sed eum non sine causa falsum testimonium dicere ostenderis,
Cic. Ac. 2, 25, 81.—With nihilominus:
quae (res) nihilominus, ut ego absim, confici poterunt,
Cic. Fam. 10, 2, 2.—
(γ).
Provided that:
ambulatiuncula, ut tantum faciamus quantum in Tusculano fecimus, prope dimidio minoris constabit isto loco,
Cic. Att. 13, 39, 2: dabo egenti, sed ut ipse non egeam;
succurram perituro, sed ut ipse non peream,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 1.—
5.
In clauses of purpose (final clauses; distinguished from object clauses with ut; v. C. 1., in which the verb itself contains the idea of purpose, the clause completing the idea of the verb), in order that, so that, so as to.
a.
In gen.:
quin voco, ut me audiat, nomine illam suo?
Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 17:
haec acta res est uti nobiles restituerentur in civitatem,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 51, 149:
intellego, tempus hoc vobis divinitus datum esse ut odio... totum ordinem liberetis,
id. Verr. 1, 15, 43:
Caesar singulis legionibus singulos legatos praefecit uti eos testes suae quisque virtutis haberet,
Caes. B. G. 1, 52.—And with ut ne, instead of ne, lest:
id ut ne fiat, haec res sola est remedio,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 49; v. 1. ne, I. B. 4. a.—Very rarely, ut non for ne, expressing a negative purpose:
ut plura non dicam neque aliorum exemplis confirmem quantum valeat (= ut praeteream),
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; cf. d. a fin. supra.—
b.
Esp., after certain antecedents.
(α).
After id, for the purpose (ante-class.):
id huc reverti uti me purgarem tibi,
Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 28.—
(β).
After idcirco:
idcirco amicitiae comparantur ut commune commodum mutuis officiis gubernetur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 111:
legum idcirco omnes servi sumus ut liberi esse possimus,
id. Clu. 53, 146; id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—
(γ).
After ideo and eo:
non ideo Rhenum insedimus ut Italiam tueremur, sed ne quis, etc.,
Tac. H. 4, 73:
Marionem ad te eo misi ut aut tecum ad me quam primum veniret, aut, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 16, 1, 1.—
(δ).
After ad eam rem, ad hoc, in hoc:
ad eam rem vos delecti estis ut eos condemnaretis quos sectores jugulare non potuissent?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
praebere se facilem ad hoc ut quem obligavit etiam exsolvi velit?
Sen. Ben. 2, 17, 6:
homo natus in hoc ut mores liberae civitatis Persica servitute mutaret,
id. ib. 2, 12, 2.—
(ε).
After ea mente, hac mente:
navis onerarias Dolabella ea mente comparavit ut Italiam peteret,
Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 1:
hac mente laborem Sese ferre senes ut in otia tuta recedant Ajunt,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 30.—
(ζ).
After potius quam:
potius ad delendam memoriam dedecoris, quam ut timorem faciat,
Liv. 6, 28, 8:
potius quodcumque casus ferat passuros, quam ut sprevisse Tarentinos videantur,
id. 9, 14, 8.—
c.
Idiomat.
(α).
With the principal predicate, referring to the conception of the writer, understood; mostly parenthet. = the Engl. inf.: ut in pauca conferam, testamento facto mulier moritur, to be brief, etc., Cic. Caecin. 6, 17:
ecquid tibi videtur, ut ad fabulas veniamus, senex ille Caecilianus minoris facere filium rusticum?
to come to the drama, id. Rosc. Am. 16, 46:
reliquum judicium de judicibus, et, vere ut dicam, de te futurum est,
to tell the truth, id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177:
Murena, si nemini, ut levissime dicam, odio fuit,
to say the least, id. Mur. 40, 87: ut nihil de illo tempore, nihil de calamitate rei publicae [p. 1944] querar, hoc tibi respondeo, etc., not to complain of that time, etc., id. Caecin. 33, 95: quae cum se disposuit, et partibus suis consensit, et, ut ita dicam concinuit, summum bonum tetigit, and, so to speak, chimes in, etc., Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5:
ecce— ut idem in singulos annos orbis volveretur —Hernici nuntiant Volscos et Aequos reficere, etc.,
Liv. 3, 10, 8.—
(β).
Satis ut, enough to (lit. enough for the purpose of):
satis esse magna incommoda accepta ut reliquos casus timerent,
disasters large enough to make them afraid, Caes. B. C. 3, 10.—
(γ).
Quam ut after comparatives, too much to:
quod praeceptum, quia major erat quam ut ab homine videretur, idcirco adsignatum est deo,
too great to come from man, Cic. Fin. 5, 16, 44:
quis non intellegit, Canachi signa rigidiora esse quam ut imitentur veritatem?
id. Brut. 18, 70:
clarior res erat quam ut tegi ac dissimulari posset,
too clear to be covered up, Liv. 26, 51, 11:
potentius jam id malum apparuit quam ut minores per magistratus sedaretur,
id. 25, 1, 11:
est tamen aliquis minor quam ut in sinu ejus condenda sit civitas,
Sen. Ben. 2, 16, 2.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ut

14 utei

ut or ŭtī (old form ŭtei, C. I. L. 1, 196, 4 sq.; 1, 198, 8 et saep.), adv. and conj. [for quoti or cuti, from pronom. stem ka-, Lat. quo-, whence qui, etc., and locat. ending -ti of stem to-, whence tum, etc.].
I.
As adv. of manner.
A.
Interrog. = quomodo, how, in what way or manner.
1.
In independent questions (colloq.; rare in class. prose; not in Cic.): De. Quid? ut videtur mulier? Ch. Non, edepol, mala. De. Ut morata'st? Ch. Nullam vidi melius mea sententia, Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 56 sq.:
salve! ut valuisti? quid parentes mei? Valent?
id. ib. 5, 2, 107; id. Pers. 2, 5, 8:
ut vales?
id. Most. 2, 19, 29; 3, 2, 28; Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 26:
ut sese in Samnio res habent?
Liv. 10, 18, 11:
ut valet? ut meminit nostri?
Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 12; id. S. 2, 8, 1.—
2.
In exclamatory sentences (in all periods of the language): ut omnia in me conglomerat mala! Enn. ap. Non. p. 90, 14 (Trag. Rel. v. 408 Vahl.):
ut corripuit se repente atque abiit! Hei misero mihi!
Plaut. Merc. 3, 4, 76:
ut dissimulat malus!
id. ib. 5, 4, 13:
ut volupe est homini si cluet victoria!
id. Poen. 5, 5, 15: ut multa verba feci;
ut lenta materies fuit!
id. Mil. 4, 5, 4:
ut scelestus nunc iste te ludos facit!
id. Capt. 3, 4, 47:
ut saepe summa ingenia in occulto latent,
id. ib. 1, 2, 61; id. Rud. 1, 2, 75; 2, 3, 33 sq.:
ut falsus animi est!
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 42:
heia! ut elegans est!
id. Heaut. 5, 5, 19:
fortuna ut numquam perpetua est bona!
id. Hec. 3, 3, 46; cf. id. Phorm. 5, 8, 52:
Gnaeus autem noster... ut totus jacet,
Cic. Att. 7, 21, 1:
quae ut sustinuit! ut contempsit, ac pro nihilo putavit!
id. Mil. 24, 64:
qui tum dicit testimonium ex nostris hominibus, ut se ipse sustentat! ut omnia verba moderatur, ut timet ne quid cupide... dicat!
id. Fl. 5, 12:
quod cum facis, ut ego tuum amorem et dolorem desidero!
id. Att. 3, 11, 2:
quanta studia decertantium sunt! ut illi efferuntur laetitia cum vicerint! ut pudet victos! ut se accusari nolunt! etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 22, 61:
ut vidi, ut perii! ut me malus abstulit error!
Verg. E. 8, 41:
ut melius quidquid erit pati!
Hor. C. 1, 11, 3:
ut tu Semper eris derisor!
id. S. 2, 6, 53:
o superbia magnae fortunae! ut a te nihil accipere juvat! ut omne beneficium in injuriam convertis! ut te omnia nimia delectant! ut to omnia dedecent!
Sen. Ben. 2, 13, 1:
ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. 11.—
3.
In dependent questions.
(α).
With indic. (ante-class. and poet.): divi hoc audite parumper ut pro Romano populo... animam de corpore mitto, Enn. ap. Non. p. 150, 6 (Ann. v. 215 Vahl.): edoce eum uti res se habet, Plaut. [p. 1940] Trin. 3, 3, 21:
hoc sis vide ut avariter merum in se ingurgitat,
id. Curc. 1, 2, 33:
hoc vide ut dormiunt pessuli,
id. ib. 1, 2, 66:
illud vide os ut sibi distorsit carnufex,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 3:
vide ut otiosus it, si dis placet,
id. ib. 5, 3, 10:
illud vide, Ut in ipso articulo oppressit,
id. Ad. 2, 2, 21; 3, 5, 3:
viden ut faces Splendidas quatiunt comas?
Cat. 61, 77:
viden ut perniciter exiluere?
id. 62, 8:
adspicite, innuptae secum ut meditata requirunt,
id. 62, 12:
aspice, venturo laetantur ut omnia saeclo! (= omnia laetantia),
Verg. E. 4, 52 Forbig. ad loc.:
nonne vides, croceos ut Tmolus odores, India mittit ebur,
id. G. 1, 56; id. E. 5, 6; id. A. 6, 779. —
(β).
With subj. (class.):
nescis ut res sit, Phoenicium,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 4, 1:
oppido Mihi illud videri mirum, ut una illaec capra Uxoris dotem simiae ambadederit,
id. Merc. 2, 1, 16:
nam ego vos novisse credo jam ut sit meus pater,
id. Am. prol. 104:
narratque ut virgo ab se integra etiam tum siet,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 70:
tute scis quam intimum Habeam te, et mea consilia ut tibi credam omnia,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 48:
videtis ut omnes despiciat, ut hominem prae se neminem putet, ut se solum beatum se solum potentem putet?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 46, 135:
videtisne ut Nestor de virtutibus suis praedicet?
id. Sen. 10, 31; id. Rosc. Am. 24, 66:
credo te audisse ut me circumsteterint, ut aperte jugula sua pro meo capite P. Clodio ostentarint,
id. Att. 1, 16, 4:
videte ut hoc iste correxerit,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 115:
docebat ut omni tempore totius Galliae principatum Aedui tenuissent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43:
veniat in mentem, ut trepidos quondam majores vestros... defenderimus,
Liv. 23, 5, 8:
aspice quo submittat humus formosa colores,
Prop. 1, 2, 9:
infinitum est enumerare ut Cottae detraxerit auctoritatem, ut pro Ligario se opposuerit,
Quint. 6, 5, 10:
vides ut alta stet nive candidum Soracte,
Hor. C. 1, 9, 1:
nonne vides, ut... latus et malus Antennaeque gemant,
id. ib. 1, 14, 3 Orell. ad loc.:
audis... positas ut glaciet nives Puro numine Juppiter,
id. ib. 3, 10, 7; id. S. 1, 8, 42; 2, 3, 315; Verg. A. 2, 4; Tib. 2, 1, 26; Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 57:
mirum est ut animus agitatione motuque corporis excitetur,
Plin. Ep. 1, 6, 2.—
B.
Relative adverb of manner = eo modo quo, as.
1.
Without demonstr. as correlatives: ut aiunt, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 101 Mull. (fr inc. l. 10 Vahl.):
ego emero matri tuae Ancillam... forma mala, ut matrem addecet familias,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 79:
apparatus sum ut videtis,
id. ib. 5, 2, 10:
verum postremo impetravi ut volui,
id. Mil. 4, 5, 5:
ero ut me voles esse,
id. Capt. 2, 1, 32:
faciam ut tu voles,
id. Men. 5, 9, 90: ut vales? Tox. Ut queo, id. Pers. 1, 1, 16:
ut potero feram,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 27:
faciam ut mones,
id. Hec. 4, 4, 97:
Ciceronem et ut rogas amo, et ut meretur et ut debeo,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 9:
cupiditates quae possunt esse in eo qui, ut ipse accusator objecit, ruri semper habitarit?
id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:
ut ex propinquis ejus audio, non tu in isto artificio callidior es, quam hic in suo,
id. ib. 17, 49:
homo demens, ut isti putant,
id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:
cumulate munus hoc, ut opinio mea fert, effecero,
id. ib. 1, 46, 70:
non ut clim solebat, sed ut nunc fit, mimum introduxisti,
id. Fam. 9, 16, 7:
Labienus, ut erat ei praeceptum, ne proelium committeret nisi, etc., monte occupato nostros exspectabat, proelioque abstinebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
cuncta ut gesta erant exposuit,
Liv. 3, 50, 4:
(Postumius) fugerat in legatione, ut fama ferebat, populi judicium,
id. 10, 46, 16:
sed, ut plerumque fit, major pars meliorem vicit,
id. 21, 4, 1:
nec temere, et ut libet conlocatur argentum, sed perite servitur,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 2:
servus, ut placet Chrysippo, perpetuus mercenarius est,
id. Ben. 3, 22, 1.—Esp. parenthet., to denote that the facts accord with an assumption or supposition made in the principal sentence (= sicut):
si virtus digna est gloriatione, ut est,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 51:
quorum etiamsi amplecterer virtutem, ut facio, tamen, etc.,
id. Phil. 10, 9, 18:
quamvis fuerit acutus, ut fuit,
id. Ac. 2, 22, 69; cf.:
incumbite in causam, Quirites, ut facitis,
id. Phil. 4, 5, 12:
tu modo istam imbecillitatem valetudinis sustenta, ut facis,
id. Fam. 7, 1, 5:
satis enim erat, probatum illum esse populo Romano, ut est,
id. Phil. 1, 15, 37.—
2.
With the correlative ita or sic: VTI LEGASSIT SVPER PECVNIA TVTELAVE SVAE REI, ITA IVS ESTO, Leg. XII. Tab. 5, fr. 3: alii, ut esse in suam rem ducunt, ita sint;
ego ita ero ut me esse oportet,
Plaut. Men. 5, 6, 24 sq.:
sic sum ut vides,
id. Am. 2, 1, 57:
omnes posthabui mihi res, ita uti par fuit,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 15:
ut viro forti ac sapienti dignum fuit, ita calumniam ejus obtrivit,
Cic. Caecin. 7, 18.—In partic. with a superlative belonging to the principal sentence, attracted to the relative clause:
haec ut brevissime dici potuerunt, ita a me dicta sunt (= ita breviter dicta sunt ut dici potuerunt),
Cic. de Or. 2, 41, 174.—So ut qui, with sup.:
te enim semper sic colam et tuebor ut quem diligentissime,
Cic. Fam. 12, 62 fin.; without sic or ita:
causas ut honorificentissimis verbis consequi potero, complectar,
id. Phil. 14, 11, 29:
sed exigenda est ut optime possumus,
Quint. 12, 10, 38.—And with comp.:
eruditus autem sic ut nemo Thebanus magis,
Nep. Epam. 2, 1; cf.:
ad unguem Factus homo, non ut magis alter, amicus,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 33:
cocto Chium sic convenit, ut non Hoc magis ullum aliud,
id. ib. 2, 8, 48.—
3.
Doubled ut ut, as indefinite relative, = utcumque, in whatever manner, howsoever (mostly ante-class.; only with indic.):
gaudeo, ut ut erga me est merita,
Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 52:
age jam, utut est, etsi'st dedecori, patiar,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 85:
utut est, mihi quidem profecto cum istis dictis mortuo'st,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 76:
utut res sese habet, pergam, etc.,
id. Most. 3, 1, 14:
non potis est pietati opsisti huic, ututi res sunt ceterae,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 36; id. Cist. 1, 1, 110:
sed ut ut haec sunt, tamen hoc faciam,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 46; cf. id. ib. 3, 1, 4; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 26; id. Ad. 2, 2, 40; 4, 4, 22:
ut ut est res, casus consilium nostri itineris judicabit,
Cic. Att. 15, 25 B. and K. (dub.;
v. Orell. ad loc.): sed ut ut est, indulge valetudini tuae,
id. Fam. 16, 18, 1 dub. (al. ut est).—
4.
Causal, as, = prout, pro eo ut.
a.
Introducing a general statement, in correspondence with the particular assertion of the principal clause, ut = as, considering... that, in accordance with:
atque, ut nunc sunt maledicentes homines, uxori meae mihique objectent, lenociniam facere,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 75:
ut aetas mea est, atque ut huic usus facto est,
id. Men. 5, 2, 1:
haud scio hercle ut homo'st, an mutet animum,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 9:
praesertim, ut nunc sunt mores,
id. ib. 1, 2, 5:
atque ille, ut semper fuit apertissimus, non se purgavit, sed, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 25, 51:
permulta alia colligit Chrysippus, ut est in omni historia curiosus,
id. Tusc. 1, 45, 108:
magnifice et ornate, ut erat in primis inter suos copiosus, convivium comparat,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 65:
Kal. Sextilibus, ut tunc principium anni agebatur, consulatum ineunt,
Liv. 3, 6, 1:
tribuni, ut fere semper reguntur a multitudine magis quam regunt, dedere plebi, etc.,
id. 3, 71, 5:
transire pontem non potuerunt, ut extrema resoluta erant, etc.,
id. 21, 47, 3.—Ellipt.:
mortales multi, ut ad ludos, convenerant (ut fit, si ludi sunt),
Plaut. Men. prol. 30:
Epicharmi, acuti nec insulsi hominis, ut Siculi,
as was natural, he being a Sicilian, Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 15; so,
Diogenes, liberius, ut Cynicus... inquit,
id. ib. 5, 33, 92:
ceterum haec, ut in secundis rebus, segniter otioseque gesta,
Liv. 23, 14, 1.—
b.
Reflecting the assertion to particular circumstances, etc., ut = for, as, considering:
hic Geta ut captus est servorum, non malus,
Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 34:
ut est captus hominum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 27, 65; Caes. B. G. 4, 3: Themistocles ut apud nos perantiquus, ut apud Athenienses non ita sane vetus, in regard to us, etc., Cic. Brut. 10, 41:
Caelius Antipater, scriptor, ut temporibus illis, luculentus,
for those times, id. ib. 26, 102:
nonnihil, ut in tantis malis est profectum,
considering the unfortunate state of affairs, id. Fam. 12, 2, 2:
(orationis genus) ut in oratore exile,
for an orator, id. Or. 3, 18, 66:
multae (erant in Fabio) ut in homine Romano, litterae,
id. Sen. 4, 12:
consultissimus vir, ut in illa quisquam esse aetate poterat,
Liv. 1, 18, 1:
florentem jam ut tum res erant,
id. 1, 3, 3:
Apollonides orationem salutarem, ut in tali tempore, habuit,
id. 24, 28, 1:
Sp. Maelius, ut illis temporibus praedives,
id. 4, 13, 1: insigni, ut illorum temporum habitus erat, triumpho, id. 10, 46, 2:
Ardeam Rutuli habebant, gens ut in ea regione atque in ea aetate divitiis praepollens,
id. 1, 57, 1:
vir, ut inter Aetolos, facundus,
id. 32, 33, 9:
Meneclidas, satis exercitatus in dicendo, ut Thebanus scilicet,
Nep. Epam. 5, 2:
ad magnam deinde, ut in ea regione, urbem pervenit,
Curt. 9, 1, 14:
multum, ut inter Germanos, rationis ac sollertiae,
Tac. G. 30. —
c.
Ut before relatives, with subj., as it is natural for persons who, like one who, since he, since they, etc.; seeing that they, etc. (not in Cic.):
non demutabo ut quod certo sciam,
seeing that I know it for certain, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 153:
prima luce sic ab castris proficiscuntur ut quibus esset persuasum non ab hoste, sed ab homine amicissimo consilium datum,
Caes. B. G. 5, 31, 6:
facile persuadent (Lucumoni) ut cupido honorum, et cui Tarquinii materna tantum patria esset,
Liv. 1, 34, 6:
inde consul, ut qui jam ad hostes perventum cerneret, explorato, etc., procedebat,
id. 38, 18, 7:
Philippus, ut cui de summa rerum adesset certamen, adhortandos milites ratus, etc.,
id. 33, 4, 11:
Tarquinius ad jus regni nihil praeter vim habebat, ut qui neque populi jussu, neque auctoribus patribus regnaret,
id. 1, 49, 3; 25, 23, 3:
Aequorum exercitus, ut qui permultos annos imbelles egissent, sine ducibus certis, sine imperio,
id. 9, 45, 10:
igitur pro se quisque inermes, ut quibus nihil hostile suspectum esset, in agmen Romanum ruebant,
id. 30, 6, 3; 23, 15, 4; 23, 29, 12:
omnia nova offendit, ut qui solus didicerit quod inter multos faciendum est,
as is natural in one who, since he, Quint. 1, 2, 19:
in omni autem speciali inest generalis, ut quae sit prior,
id. 3, 5, 9:
ignara hujusce doctrinae loquacitas erret necesse est, ut quae vel multos vel falsos duces habeat,
id. 12, 2, 20; 5, 14, 28; 11, 3, 53.—Rarely with participle:
ne Volsci et Aequi... ad urbem ut ex parte captam venirent,
Liv. 3, 16, 2:
gens ferox cum procul visis Romanorum signis, ut extemplo proelium initura, explicuisset aciem, etc.,
id. 7, 23, 6.—
d.
With perinde or pro eo, with reference to several alternatives or degrees to be determined by circumstances, as, according as, to the extent that, in the measure that, etc.:
perinde ut opinio est de cujusque moribus, ita quid ab eo factum et non factum sit, existimari potest,
Cic. Clu. 25, 70:
in exspectatione civitas erat, perinde ut evenisset res, ita communicatos honores habitura,
Liv. 7, 6, 8: pro eo ut temporis difficultas aratorumque penuria tulit, Metell. ap. Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 126.—
C.
Transf. of local relations, like Gr. hina, where (very rare):
in eopse astas lapide, ut praeco praedicat,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 17:
flumen uti adque ipso divortio (aquae sunt),
Lucil. 8, 18 Mull.:
in extremos Indos, Litus ut longe resonante Eoa Tunditur unda,
Cat. 11, 2 sqq.; 17, 10; cf. Verg. A. 5, 329; Lucr. 6, 550 Munro ad loc.
II.
Conj.
A.
Introducing comparative clauses of manner, = eodem modo quo, as, like.
1.
In gen.
(α).
With sic as correlative:
haec res sic est ut narro tibi,
Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 40:
quae si ut animis sic oculis videre possemus, nemo de divina ratione dubitaret,
Cic. N. D. 2, 39, 99:
Pomponium Atticum sic amo ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5:
si sic ageres ut de eis egisti qui jam mortui sunt... ne tu in multos Autronios incurreres,
id. Brut. 72, 251:
sic, Scipio, ut avus hic tuus, ut ego, justitiam cole,
id. Rep. 6, 15, 15:
ut dicere alia aliis magis concessum est, sic etiam facere,
id. Quint. 11, 3, 150 (for ut... sic, in similes, v. sic, IV. 1. a.).—
(β).
With ita as correlative:
ut sementem feceris, ita metes,
Cic. Or. 2, 65, 261:
quamobrem, ut ille solebat, ita nunc mea repetat oratio populi origines,
id. Rep. 2, 1. 3:
non ut injustus in pace rex ita dux belli pravus fuit,
Liv. 1, 53, 1:
ut haec in unum congeruntur, ita contra illa dispersa sunt,
Quint. 9, 3, 39.—
(γ).
With other correlatives:
in balteo tracta ex caseo ad eundem modum facito ut placentum sine melle,
Cato, R. R. 78:
encytum ad eundem modum facito uti globos,
id. ib. 80:
cum animi inaniter moveantur eodem modo rebus his quae nulla sint ut iis quae sint,
Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:
disputationem exponimus, eisdem fere verbis, ut disputatumque est,
id. Tusc. 2, 3, 9: scelerum caput, ut tute es item omnis censes esse' [p. 1941] Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 55:
ut filium bonum patri esse oportet, item ego sum patri,
id. Am. 3, 4, 9:
fecisti item ut praedones solent,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 21:
item ut illo edicto de quo ante dixi... edixit, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 1, 45, § 117;
so with item,
id. Or. 60, 202:
is reliquit filium Pariter moratum ut pater eius fuit,
Plaut. Aul. prol. 21.—With atque:
nec fallaciam astutiorem ullus fecit Poeta atque ut haec est fabrefacta a nobis,
Plaut. Cas. 5, 1, 7.—And after aliter = than:
si aliter ut dixi accidisset,
Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—
(δ).
Without correlative:
rem omnem uti acta erat cognovit,
Sall. J. 71, 5:
quare perge ut instituisti,
Cic. Rep. 2, 11, 22:
apud me, ut apud bonum judicem, argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. ib. 1, 38, 59:
miscent enim illas et interponunt vitae, ut ludum jocumque inter seria,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 2:
comitetur voluptas, et circa corpus ut umbra versetur,
id. ib. 13, 5:
ut in animum ejus oratio, ut sol in oculos, incurrat,
Quint. 8, 2, 23.—
2.
In partic.
a.
Ut... ita or ut... sic; co-ordinate, introducing contrasted clauses.
(α).
= cum... tum, as... so, as on the one hand... so on the other, both and:
ut errare potuisti, sic decipi te non potuisse, quis non videt?
Cic. Fam. 10, 20, 2:
ut Poeni ad moenia urbis Romanae nullo prohibente se pervenisse in gloria ponebant, ita pigebat irriti incepti,
Liv. 26, 37, 6:
Dolabellam ut Tarsenses ita Laodiceni ultra arcessierunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 13, 4:
fert sortem suam quisque ut in ceteris rebus ita in amicitiis,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 3.—
(β).
Concessive, = etsi... tamen, although... yet:
consul, ut fortasse vere, sic parum utiliter in praesens certamen, respondit, etc.,
Liv. 4, 6, 2:
Saguntini, ut a proeliis quietem habuerant per aliquot dies, ita non cessaverant ab opere,
id. 21, 11, 5:
ut quies certaminum erat, ita ab apparatu operum nihil cessatum,
id. 21, 8, 1:
haec omnia ut invitis, ita non adversantibus patriciis transacta,
id. 3, 55, 15:
in agrum Nolanum exercitum traducit, ut non hostiliter statim, ita... nihil praetermissurus,
id. 23, 14, 6; 23, 34, 12:
uti longe a luxuria, ita famae propior,
Tac. Agr. 6:
ut multo infirmior, ita aliquatenus lucidior,
Quint. 10, 1, 74:
ut est utilis saepe... ita obstabit melioribus,
id. 12, 2, 12:
quod, ut optimum est, ita longe quidem, sed sequitur tamen,
id. 5, 12, 9; cf. id. 10, 1, 62.—With certe in place of ita:
ut non demens, crudelis certe videtur,
Quint. 9, 2, 91.—
b.
Ita... ut;
in oaths or strong asseverations: ita me di amabunt ut ego hunc ausculto lubens,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 22:
ita me di ament ut ego nunc non tam meapte causa Laetor quam illius,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 8:
ita me di amabunt, ut nunc Menedemi vicem Miseret me,
id. ib. 4, 5, 1:
ita vivo ut maximos sumptus facio,
Cic. Att. 5, 15, 2.—So with sic:
sic me di amabunt ut me tuarum miseritum'st fortunarum,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 54.—
c.
In exemplifications.
(α).
In gen., as for example, for instance:
nam aut ipsa cognitio rei perquiritur, ut: virtus suam ne, etc., aut agendi consilium exquiritur, ut: sitne sapienti, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 29, 112:
sunt bestiae in quibus inest aliquid simile virtutis, ut in leonibus, ut in canibus, in equis, etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:
in libero populo, ut Rhodi, ut Athenis, nemo est civium qui, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 31, 47:
qui rem publicam constituissent, ut Cretum Minos, Lacedaemoniorum Lycurgus, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 1, 2; id. Ac. 2, 24, 76; id. Inv. 2, 52, 157:
est aliquid quod dominus praestare servo debeat, ut cibaria, ut vestiarium,
Sen. Ben. 3, 21, 2:
est etiam amarum quiddam... et aere, ut illud Crassi Ego te consulem putem? etc.,
Quint. 8, 3, 89; 4, 3, 12.—Where several instances are adduced, if each of them singly is made prominent, ut is repeated with each;
if they are taken in a group, ut occurs but once, e. g. quod erant, qui aut in re publica, propter sapientiam florerent, ut Themistocles, ut Pericles, ut Theramenes, aut, qui.. sapientiae doctores essent, ut Gorgias, Thrasymachus, Isocrates, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 59.—
(β).
Ut si, if for instance; for example, if, etc.; with subj.:
ut si accusetur is qui P. Sulpicium se fateatur occidisse,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25:
ut si quis hoc velit ostendere, eum qui parentem necarit, etc.,
Cic. Inv. 2, 15, 48:
ut si qui docilem faciat auditorem, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 18, 26:
ut si qui in foro cantet,
id. Off. 1, 40, 145:
ut si quis ei quem urgeat fames venenum ponat,
Liv. 6, 40, 12; cf. Auct. Her. 2, 26, 4; 2, 27, 43; 3, 2, 2; Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 92:
ut si obsessi de facienda ad hostem deditione deliberent,
Quint. 3, 8, 23:
ut si des arma timidis et imbellibus,
id. 12, 5, 2; 5, 10, 34; 2, 4, 18; 9, 2, 79 et saep.—So with cum:
ut cum marem feminamque filios dicimus,
Quint. 9, 3, 63; 1, 6, 22; 3, 8, 30; 9, 1, 3.—
d.
Before an appositive noun, as, the same as, like:
qui canem et felem ut deos colunt,
Cic. Leg. 1, 11, 32:
ut militiae Africanum ut deum coleret Laelius,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:
suam vitam ut legem praefert suis civibus,
id. ib. 1, 34, 52:
habuit (ei) honorem ut proditori, non ut amico fidem,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 15, § 38:
Hannibalem, non ut prudentem tantum virum, sed ut vatem omnium quae tum evenirent admirari,
Liv. 36, 15, 2: (Dionysium) dimisi a me ut magistrum Ciceronum non lubenter;
ut hominem ingratum non invitus,
in his capacity of, Cic. Att. 8, 10:
qui ante captas Syracusas non desciverant... ut socii fideles accepti, quos metus post captas Syracusas dediderat, ut victi a victore leges acceperunt,
Liv. 25, 40, 4:
qui et ipsum, ut ambiguae fidei virum, suspectum jam pridem habebat,
id. 24, 45, 12:
Cicero ea quae nunc eveniunt cecinit ut vates,
Nep. Att. 16:
et ipsam (virtutem) ut deos, et professores ejus ut antistites colite,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 7:
hunc ut deum homines intuebuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 65:
id ut crimen ingens expavescendum est,
id. 9, 3, 35.—
e.
Ut si = quasi, velut si, tamquam si, as if, just as if:
mater coepit studiose... educere ita uti si esset filia,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 37:
Rufio tuus ita desiderabatur ut si esset unus e nobis,
Cic. Fam. 7, 20, 1:
ejus negotium sic velim suscipias ut si esset res mea,
id. ib. 2, 14, 1:
ita se gerant in istis Asiaticis itineribus ut si iter Appia via faceres,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 6:
qui aliis nocent ut in alios liberales sint, in eadem sunt injustitia ut si in suam rem aliena convertant,
id. Off. 1, 14, 42; id. Opt. Gen. 4, 10:
similes sunt ut si qui gubernatorem in navigando nihil agere dicant,
like men who should say, Cic. Sen. 6, 17: similiter facere eos... ut si nautae certarent, etc., they act like sailors who, etc., id. Off. 1, 25, 87.—
f.
Ut quisque... ita (sic), with superlatives (= eo magis... quo magis, with indefinite subjects): ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime alios improbos suspicatur, the better a man is, the more difficult it is for him to, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4, § 12:
ut quaeque res est turpissima, sic maxime et maturissime vindicanda est,
id. Caecin. 2, 7:
ut quisque (morbus) est difficillimus, ita medicus nobilissimus quaeritur,
id. Clu. 21, 57:
ut quisque te maxime cognatione... attingebat, ita maxime manus tua putabatur,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 27; id. Off. 1, 16, 50; 1, 19, 64:
nam ut quaeque forma perfectissima ita capacissima est,
Quint. 1, 10, 40.—This construction is variously modified,
(α).
With ita understood:
facillime ad res injustas impellitur ut quisque altissimo animo est,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 65. —
(β).
With virtual superlatives:
ut quisque in fuga postremus ita in periculo princeps erat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 90:
ut quisque optime institutus est, esse omnino nolit in vita, si, etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 20, 57.—
(γ).
The superlatives omitted in either clause:
ut quisque aetate antecedit, ita sententiae principatum tenet,
Cic. Sen. 18, 64:
ut quisque aetate et honore antecedebat, ita sententiam dixit,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 64, § 143:
pro se quisque, ut in quoque erat auctoritatis plurimum, ad populum loquebatur,
id. ib. 2, 1, 27, §
68: ut quisque gradu proximus erat, ita ignominiae objectus,
Liv. 9, 6, 1:
ut quisque maxime laboraret locus, aut ipse occurrebat, aut aliquos mittebat,
id. 34, 38, 6.—And with tum = ita:
nec prodesse tantum, sed etiam amari potest, tum... ut quisque erit Ciceroni simillimus,
in proportion to his resemblance, Quint. 2, 5, 20.—
(δ).
With a comparative in one of the terms:
major autem (societas est) ut quisque proxime accederet,
Cic. Lael. 5, 19.—
(ε).
Without superlative, as, according as:
de captivis, ut quisque liber aut servus esset, suae fortunae a quoque sumptum supplicium est,
Liv. 3, 18, 10 (for ut quisque... ita, in temporal clauses, v. B. 3. g infra).—
B.
Introducing a temporal clause, the principal predicate being an immediate sequence; orig. = quo tempore.
1.
With perf. indic.
a.
In gen., as soon as:
principio ut illo advenimus... continuo Amphitruo delegit viros, etc.,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 49:
ut hinc te intro ire jussi, opportune hic fit mi obviam,
Ter. And. 3, 4, 11:
ut abii abs te fit forte obviam Mihi Phormio,
id. Phorm. 4, 3, 12:
ut modo argentum tibi dedimus apud forum, recta domum Sumus profecti,
id. ib. 5, 6, 19; id. Hec. 3, 3, 5; 5, 1, 26; id. Eun. 4, 7, 12:
qui ut peroravit, surrexit Clodius,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 3, 2:
eumque ut salutavit, amicissime apprehendit,
id. Rep. 1, 11, 7:
qui ut huc venit... hominesque Romanos bellicis studiis ut vidit incensos, existimavit, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 13, 25; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Brut. 8, 30:
ut vero aquam ingressi sunt... tum utique egressis rigere omnibus corpora,
Liv. 21, 54, 9:
ut haec dicta in senatu sunt, dilectus edicitur,
id. 3, 10, 9; 23, 34, 6; 24, 44, 10.—
b.
In oblique discourse:
Ariovistum, ut semel Gallorum copias vicerit, superbe et crudeliter imperare,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31.—
c.
With primum, when first, as soon as ever:
atque ego, ut primum fletu represso loqui posse coepi, Quaeso inquam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 6, 15, 15:
Siculi, ut primum videre volgari morbos, in suas quisque urbes dilapsi sunt,
Liv. 25, 26, 13: ut primum lingua coepit esse in quaestu, curam morum qui diserti habebantur reliquerunt, Quint. prooem. 13.—
d.
Rarely of coincidence in time:
nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi puto prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46.—
e.
Ut = ex quo tempore. since:
ut Brundusio profectus es, nullae mihi abs te sunt redditae litterae,
Cic. Att. 1, 15, 2.—
2.
With imperf. indic.
(α).
In gen.: Fabii oratio fuit qualis biennio ante;
deinde, ut vincebatur consensu, versa ad P. Decium collegam poscendum,
Liv. 10, 22, 2:
deinde ut nulla vi perculsos sustinere poterat, Quid ultra moror, inquit, etc.,
id. 10, 28, 20:
Marcellus, ut tanta vis ingruebat mali, traduxerat in urbem suos,
id. 25, 26, 15:
ut vero... exurebatur amoenissimus Italiae ager, villaeque passim incendiis fumabant... tum prope de integro seditione accensi,
id. 22, 14, 1.— And with perf. and imperf. in co-ordinate clauses:
consules, ut ventum ad Cannas est, et in conspectu Poenum habebant,
Liv. 22, 44, 1:
ut in extrema juga ventum, et hostes sub oculis erant,
id. 22, 14, 3:
ut Poenus apparuit in collibus, et pauci... adferebant, etc.,
id. 24, 1, 6.—
(β).
Of repeated past actions, whenever:
ut quaeque pars castrorum nudata defensoribus premi videbatur, eo occurrere et auxilium ferre,
Caes. B. G. 3, 4.—
3.
With plupf.
(α).
= postquam (rare):
ut hinc forte ea ad obstetricem erat missa,
Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 10:
ut ad mare nostrae cohortes excubuerant, accessere subito prima luce Pompejani,
Caes. B. C. 3, 63.—
(β).
In epistolary style = the Engl. perf.:
litteras scripsi... statim ut tuas legeram (= litteras nunc scribo, ut tuas legi),
Cic. Att. 2, 12, 4:
ut Athenas a. d. VII. Kal. Quinct. veneram, exspectabam ibi jam quartum diem Pomptinium (= ut veni, exspecto),
id. ib. 5, 10, 1.—
(γ).
Of repeated past actions, whenever:
ut cujusque sors exciderat... alacer arma capiebat,
Liv. 21, 42, 3 dub.:
ut quisque istius animum offenderat, in lautumias statim coniciebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 55, § 143:
ut quidque ego apprehenderam, statim accusator extorquebat e manibus,
id. Clu. 19, 52:
ut cuique erat locus attributus, ad munitiones accedunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 81; cf.:
ut quisque arma ceperat... inordinati in proelium ruunt,
Liv. 23, 27, 5.—With ita as correl.:
ut enim quisque contra voluntatem ejus dixerat, ita in eum judicium de professione jugerum postulabatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 15, § 39.—
4.
With fut. perf., or, in oblique discourse, plupf. subj.:
neque, ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,
Cic. Or. 2, 34, 146:
traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum... victoriam de Veientibus dari,
Liv. 5, 15, 11 (for ut after simul, v. simul, VI.).—
C.
Introducing substantive clauses, that; always with subj. (cf. ut as interrog. adverb in dependent clauses, I. A. 3. supra).
1.
In object clauses.
a.
In clauses which, if independent, would take the imperative mood, often rendered by the Engl. infinitive.
(α).
After verbs denoting [p. 1942] to wish, request, pray, demand, or invite:
malim istuc aliis ita videatur quam uti tu, soror, te collaudes,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 18:
equidem mallem ut ires,
Cic. Att. 1, 16, 8:
equidem vellem ut pedes haberent (res tuae),
id. Fam. 7, 31, 2:
volo uti mihi respondeas num quis, etc.,
id. Vatin. 7, 17:
precor (deos) ut his infinitis nostris malis contenti sint,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 9:
postulo ut ne quid praejudicati afferatis,
id. Clu. 2, 5:
petebant uti equites praemitterent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11:
tibi instat Hortensius ut eas in consilium,
Cic. Quint. 10, 34:
hoc ut aliquando fieret, instabat,
Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 2:
illum Dolabellae dixisse (= eum rogasse) ut ad me scriberet (= me rogaret), ut in Italiam quam primum venirem,
Cic. Att. 11, 7, 2:
cupio ut quod nunc natura et impetus est, fiat judicium,
Sen. Clem. 2, 2, 2:
senectutem ut adipiscantur omnes optant,
Cic. Lael. 2, 4:
exigo a me, non ut optimis par sim, sed ut malis melior,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 3.—With ut ne = ne:
Trebatio mandavi, ut, si quid te eum velles ad me mittere, ne recusaret,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 2; Tac. H. 4, 58 fin. —Also without verb, like utinam, to express a wish;
esp. in imprecations (ante-class.): ut te cum tua Monstratione magnus perdat Juppiter,
Ter. Ad. 4, 6, 2:
ut illum di deaeque perdant,
id. Eun. 2, 3, 10; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 6.—
(β).
After verbs expressing or implying advice, suggestion, or exhortation:
ego vos hortari tantum possum ut, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 5, 17:
quod suades ut ad Quinctium scribam, etc.,
id. Att. 11, 16, 4:
tibi auctor sum ut eum tibi ordinem reconcilies,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 26:
censeo ut iter reliquum conficere pergas,
I propose, id. Or. 2, 71, 200; Caes. B. C. 1, 2; Liv. 30, 40, 4:
dixeram a principio ut sileremus,
I had advised, Cic. Brut. 42, 157:
Pompejum monebat ut meam domum metueret,
id. Sest. 64, 133:
equidem suasi ut Romam pergeret,
id. Att. 16, 8, 2:
M. Messalae et ipsi Attico dixit ut sine cura essent,
exhorted, id. ib. 16, 16, A, 5.—
(γ).
After verbs expressing resolution or agreement to do something:
rus ut irem jam heri constitiveram,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 136:
decrevistis ut de praemiis militum primo quoque tempore referretur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:
constitueram ut pridie Idus Aquini manerem,
id. Att. 16, 10, 1:
statuunt ut decem millia hominum in oppidum submittantur,
Caes. B. G. 7, 21:
Hasdrubal paciscitur cum Celtiberorum principibus ut copias inde abducant,
Liv. 25, 33, 3:
illos induxisse in animum, ut superbo quondam regi, tum infesto exuli proderent (patriam),
id. 2, 5, 7; 27, 9, 9; 42, 25, 11:
ut ne plebi cum patribus essent conubia sanxerunt,
Cic. Rep. 2, 27, 63:
servitia urbem ut incenderent conjurarunt,
Liv. 4, 45, 1.—
(δ).
After verbs of command or prohibition:
imperat Laelio ut per collis circumducat equites,
Liv. 28, 33, 11:
illud praecipiendum fuit ut... diligentiam adhiberemus,
Cic. Lael. 16, 60:
M. Aemilio senatus negotium dat ut Patavinorum seditionem comprimeret,
Liv. 41, 27, 3:
consul edicere est ausus ut senatus ad vestitum rediret,
Cic. Pis. 8, 18:
jubet sententiam ut dicant suam,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 50:
hic tibi in mentem non venit jubere ut haec quoque referret,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 28.—With ne:
iis praedixit, ut ne prius Lacedaemoniorum legatos dimitteret, quam ipse esset remissus,
Nep. Them. 7, 3.—
(ε).
Verbs expressing permission:
atque ille legem mihi de XII. tabulis recitavit quae permittit ut furem noctu liceat occidere,
Cic. Tull. 20, 47:
concedo tibi ut ea praetereas quae, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 19, 54:
dabis mihi hanc veniam ut eorum... auctoritatem Graecis anteponam,
id. de Or. 1, 6, 23:
ille tibi potestatem facturus est ut eligas utrum velis,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:
illud natura non patitur ut aliorum spoliis nostras facultates augeamus,
id. Off. 3, 5, 22.—
b.
In dependent clauses implying an aim or end.
(α).
After verbs denoting direction and inclination of the mind, care, purpose, intention, or striving:
ut plurimis prosimus enitimur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 2, 6:
facilior erit ut albam esse nivem probet quam erat Anaxagoras,
he will be more inclined, disposed, id. ib. 2, 36, 117: ne ille longe aberit ut argumento credat philosophorum, far remote from believing = not inclined, id. ib. 2, 47, 144: qui sibi hoc sumpsit ut conrigat mores aliorum, quis huic ignoscat si, who undertakes to correct, id. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:
navem idoneam ut habeas diligenter videbis,
care, id. Fam. 16, 1, 2:
ille intellexit id agi atque id parari ut filiae suae vis afferretur,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 67:
pater potuit animum inducere ut naturam ipsam vinceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 19, 53:
cum senatus temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam,
id. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
equidem ut honore dignus essem, maxime semper laboravi,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
omni contentione pugnatum est ut lis haec capitis existimaretur,
id. Clu. 41, 116:
omnis spes ad id versa ut totis viribus terra adgrederentur,
Liv. 24, 34, 12:
omnis cura solet in hoc versari, semper ut boni aliquid efficiam dicendo,
Cic. de Or. 2, 75, 306:
se miliens morituros potius quam ut tantum dedecoris admitti patiantur,
Liv. 4, 2, 8; 2, 34, 11.—
(β).
Verbs of effecting:
nec potui tamen Propitiam Venerem facere uti esset mihi,
Plaut. Poen. 2, 6:
prior pars orationis tuae faciebat ut mori cuperem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 47, 112:
caritas annonae faciebat ut istuc... tempore magnum videretur,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215:
sol efficit ut omnia floreant,
id. N. D. 2, 15, 41:
potest praestare ut ea causa melior esse videatur,
id. Or. 1, 10, 44:
non committam ut tibi ipse insanire videar,
id. Fam. 5, 5, 3:
di prohibeant, judices, ut hoc praesidium sectorum existimetur,
id. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
effecisti ut viverem et morerer ingratus,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 1:
quibus nihil aliud actum est quam ut pudor hominibus peccandi demeretur,
id. Vit. Beat. 26, 6.—
(γ).
Verbs of obtaining:
Dumnorix a Sequanis impetrat ut per fines suos Helvetios ire patiantur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 9:
quid assequitur, nisi hoc ut arent qui... in agris remanserunt,
what does he gain, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 55, § 128:
facile tenuit ut (Chalcidis) portae sibi aperirentur,
Liv. 35, 51, 6:
vicerunt tribuni ut legem perferrent,
id. 4, 25, 13.—
(δ).
Verbs of inducing and compelling:
nec ut omnia quae praescripta sunt defendamus necessitate ulla cogimur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 3, 8:
civitati persuasit ut de finibus suis exirent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 2:
exspectatione promissi tui moveor ut admoneam te,
Cic. Fam. 9, 8, 1:
Parhedrum excita ut hortum ipse conducat,
id. ib. 16, 18, 2:
ille adduci non potest ut... ne lucem quoque hanc eripere cupiat, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 52, 150:
impellit alios avaritia, alios iracundia ut levem auditionem pro re comperta habeant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 42:
ut de clementia scriberem, Nero Caesar, una me vox tua maxime compulit,
Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 1.—
(ε).
After verbs implying duty, right, rule, condition, or possibility:
cum mihi ne ut dubitem quidem relinquatur,
not even the possibility of doubt, Cic. Ac. 2, 38, 119:
obsides inter se dent, Sequani ne itinere Helvetios prohibeant, Helvetii ut sine maleficio transeant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 9:
se ita a majoribus didicisse ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,
id. ib. 1, 13:
mea lenitas hoc exspectavit ut id quod latebat erumperet,
Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:
(natura) nobis insculpsit in mentibus, ut eos (deos) aeternos et beatos haberemus,
id. N. D. 1, 17, 45:
hoc mihi Metellus non eripuit, hoc etiam addidit ut quererer hoc sociis imperari,
he gave the additional right, id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
ut vero conloqui cum Orpheo, Musaeo, Homero liceat, quanti tandem aestimatis?
the privilege of conversing, id. Tusc. 1, 41, 98:
respondet Socrates sese meruisse ut amplissimis honoribus decoraretur,
id. Or. 1, 54, 272:
meruit ut suspendatur,
Sen. Ep. 7, 5:
quia enim non sum dignus prae te ut figam palum in parietem,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 4, 4.—So after dignus, Liv. 24, 16, 19; Quint. 8, 5, 12.—
c.
After verbs of fearing, where ut implies a wish contrary to the fear; that not:
rem frumentariam, ut satis commode supportari posset, timere se dicebant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 39:
vereor ut satis diligenter actum sit in senatu de litteris meis,
Cic. Att. 6, 4, 2:
verebar ut redderentur,
id. Fam. 12, 19, 1:
sin homo amens diripiendam urbem daturus est, vereor ut Dolabella ipse satis nobis prodesse possit,
id. ib. 14, 14, 1:
veretur Hiempsal ut foedus satis firmum sit,
id. Leg. 2, 22, 58:
timeo ut sustineas,
id. Fam. 14, 2, 3:
o puer, ut sis vitalis, metuo, et majorum ne quis amicus Frigore te feriat,
Hor. S. 2, 1, 60.— So sometimes after video, with weakened force: vide ut sit, nearly = perhaps it is not (cf. Roby, Gr. 2, p. 280): considerabitis, vestri similes feminae sintne Romae;
si enim non sunt, videndum est, ut honeste vos esse possitis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 1.—Very rarely ut stands for ne after verbs of fearing:
quia nihil minus, quam ut egredi obsessi moenibus auderent, timeri poterat,
Liv. 28, 22, 12 Weissenb. ad loc.:
ut ferula caedas meritum... non vereor,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 120 Jan. and Orell. ad loc. —
d.
In interrogative clauses represented as untrue, rejecting a supposition or thought with indignation (nearly = fierine potest ut):
me ut quisquam norit, nisi ille qui praebet cibum?
Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 52:
te ut ulla res frangat, tu ut umquam te corrigas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 9, 22:
egone ut te interpellem?
id. Tusc. 2, 18, 42:
pater ut in judicio capitis obesse filio debeat?
id. Planc. 13, 31:
egone ut prolis meae fundam cruorem?
Sen. Med. 927.—
2.
In subject clauses, with impersonal predicates.
a.
With a predicate adjective.
(α).
With the idea of rule, duty, etc.:
id arbitror Adprime in vita utile esse, ut ne quid nimis,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 34:
reliquum est ut de Catuli sententia dicendum videatur,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 20, 59:
praeclarum est et verum ut eos qui nobis carissimi esse debeant, aeque ac nosmet ipsos amemus,
id. Tusc. 3, 29, 73:
ergo hoc sit primum ut demonstremus quem imitetur,
id. de Or. 2, 22, 90:
proximum est ut doceam, etc.,
id. N. D. 2, 29, 73:
extremum est ut te orem, etc.,
id. Fam. 4, 13, 7:
ei (Dionysio) ne integrum quidem erat ut ad justitiam remigraret,
permission, id. Tusc. 5, 21, 62. —With predicates, aequum est, par (anteclass. and rare):
aequom videtur tibi ut ego alienum quod est Meum esse dicam?
Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 4:
non par videtur... praesente ibus una paedagogus ut siet,
id. Bacch. 1, 2, 31.—
(β).
In clauses expressing result and consequence:
magnificum illud etiam et gloriosum ut Graecis de philosophia litteris non egeant, illud,
that result of my labors, Cic. Div. 2, 2, 5:
consentaneum est huic naturae ut sapiens velit gerere et administrare rem publicam,
id. Fin. 3, 20, 68. —
(γ).
In clauses represented as real, true, false, certain, or probable (where the acc. and inf. might be used):
concedetur verum esse ut bonos boni diligant,
Cic. Lael. 14, 50: sin autem illa veriora ut idem interitus animorum et corporum, etc., id. ib 4, 14; cf.:
concedant ut hi viri boni fuerin (= concedant vere factum esse ut, etc.),
id. ib. 5, 18:
si verum est ut populus Romanus omnis gentes virtute superarit, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 1, 1:
de ipso Roscio potest illud quidem esse falsum ut circumligatus fuerit, angui,
Cic. Div. 2, 31, 66:
non est verisimile ut Chrysogonus horum litteras adamarit aut humanitatem,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 121:
deos verisimile est ut alios indulgentius tractent propter parentis, alios propter futuram posterorum indolem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 32, 1; so,
rarum est ut,
Quint. 3, 19, 3:
quid tam inusitatum quam ut, etc.,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 21, 62.—And after potius:
multi ex plebe spe amissa potius quam ut cruciarentur... se in Tiberim praecipitaverunt,
Liv. 4, 12, 11.—
b.
With predicate nouns.
(α).
Expressing the idea of a verb which would require an object clause, with ut:
quoniam ut aliter facias non est copia,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 30:
Romano in hostico morandi causa erat ut hostem ad certamen eliceret,
Liv. 6, 31, 7:
vetus est lex amicitiae ut idem amici semper velint,
Cic. Planc. 2, 5:
consensus fuit senatus ut mature proficisceremur (= decretum est a senatu),
id. Fam. 3, 3, 1:
fuit hoc sive meum, sive rei publicae fatum ut in me unum omnis illa inclinatio temporum incumberet,
ordained by fate, id. Balb. 26, 58:
tempus est ut eamus ad forum,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 72:
dicasque tempus maximum esse ut eat,
id. ib. 4, 3, 9:
primum est officium ut homo se conservet in naturae statu,
Cic. Fin. 3, 6, 20:
ejus culturae hoc munus est ut efficiat, etc.,
id. ib. 4, 14, 38:
caput illud est ut Lyconem recipias in necessitudinem tuam,
duty, id. Fam. 13, 19, 3; so,
caput est ut, etc.,
id. de Or. 1, 19, 87:
fuit hoc quoddam inter Scipionem et Laelium jus ut Scipio Laelium observaret parentis loco,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:
mea ratio in dicendo haec esse solet ut boni quod habeat id amplectar,
id. de Or. 2, 72, 292; so,
ratio est ut,
id. Verr. 1, 11, 34: est mos hominum ut [p. 1943] nolint eundem pluribus excellere, id. Brut. 21, 84:
est hoc Gallicae consuetudinis ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 5.—
(β).
Expressing result and consequence:
est hoc commune vitium in magnis liberisque civitatibus ut invidia gloriae comes sit,
Nep. Chabr. 3, 3.—
c.
With impersonal verbs.
(α).
Including the idea of a verb requiring an object clause, with ut:
convenit, victi utri sint eo proelio, urbem, agrum... seque uti dederent,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 71:
mihi cum Dejotaro convenit ut ille in meis castris esset,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 14:
placitum est ut in aprico loco considerent,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:
postea mihi placuit ut, etc.,
id. Or. 1, 34, 155:
ad Appii Claudii senectutem accedebat etiam ut caecus esset,
id. Sen. 6, 16.—So after fit, it happens:
fit ut natura ipsa ad ornatius dicendi genus incitemur,
Cic. Or. 2, 83, 338:
potest fieri ut res verbosior haec fuerit, illa verior,
it may be that, id. Att. 8, 3, 6; id. Ac. 2, 11, 36; id. Verr. 2, 2, 77, § 190.—
So with accidit, evenit, contigit: accidit... ut illo itinere veniret Lampsacum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63; so id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 25:
sed tamen hoc evenit ut in vulgus insipientium opinio valeat,
id. Tusc. 2, 26, 63:
utinam Caesari contigisset ut esset optimo cuique carissimus,
id. Phil. 5, 18, 49.—
(β).
Denoting consequence:
ex quo efficitur ut quidquid honestum sit, idem sit utile,
Cic. Off. 2, 3, 10:
sequitur ut dicamus quae beneficia danda sint et quemadmodum,
Sen. Ben. 1, 11, 1:
sequitur ut causa ponatur,
Cic. Or. 2, 81, 331.—
(γ).
Est, in the meaning fit, or causa est:
est ut plerique philosophi nulla tradant praecepta dicendi,
it is a fact that, Cic. Or. 2, 36, 152:
non est igitur ut mirandum sit ea praesentiri,
there is no reason for wondering, id. Div. 1, 56, 128:
quando fuit ut quod licet non liceret?
id. Cael. 20, 48; so, in eo est ut, prope est ut, to be on the point of, to be near to:
jam in eo rem fore ut Romani aut hostes aut domini habendi sint,
Liv. 8, 27, 3:
cum jam in eo esset ut comprehenderetur,
Nep. Paus. 5, 1; id. Milt. 7, 3:
jam prope erat ut ne consulum quidem majestas coerceret iras hominum,
Liv. 2, 23, 14:
prope est ut lamentationem exigat,
Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 4.— Here belongs the circumlocution of the periphrastic future by futurum esse or fore, with ut; generally in the inf.:
arbitrabar fore ut lex de pecuniis repetundis tolleretur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 14, 41.—Very rarely in the indic.:
futurum est ut sapiam,
Sen. Ep. 117, 29.—
3.
In attributive clauses, dependent on nouns not belonging to the predicate.
a.
With the idea of resolve, etc.:
vicit sententia ut mitterentur coloni,
Liv. 9, 26, 4:
sententiam dixit (= censuit) ut judicum comitia haberentur,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1, 2; id. Fam. 4, 4, 5; id. Tusc. 5, 41, 119; id. Leg. 3, 15, 33.—
b.
Of agreement:
fide accepta ut remitterent eum,
Liv. 24, 48, 8. —
c.
Of law, rule, etc.:
praetores rogationem promulgarunt ut omnes regiae stirpis interficerentur,
Liv. 24, 25, 10:
senatus consultum factum est ut M. Fulvius litteras extemplo ad consulem mitteret,
id. 35, 24, 2:
haec ei est proposita condicio ut aut juste accusaret aut acerbe moreretur,
Cic. Clu. 14, 42:
Suevi in eam se consuetudinem induxerunt ut locis frigidissimis lavarentur in fluminibus,
Caes. B. G. 4, 1.—
d.
Of duty:
jusjurandum poscit ut quod esse ex usu Galliae intellexissent, communi consilio administrarent,
Caes. B. G. 8, 6. —
e.
Of purpose, inclination, etc.:
vobis dent di mentem oportet ut prohibeatis, etc.,
make you inclined, Liv. 6, 18, 9:
causa mihi fuit huc veniendi ut quosdam hinc libros promerem,
Cic. Fin. 3, 2, 8:
confectio tabularum hanc habet vim (= efficit) ut quidquid fingatur aut non constet, appareat,
id. Font. 2, 3.—
f.
Of effect, result, etc.:
fuit ista quondam virtus ut viri fortes acrioribus suppliciis civem perniciosum quam hostem everterent,
Cic. Cat. 1, 1, 3:
habet hoc virtus ut viros fortis species ejus et pulchritudo etiam in hoste posita delectet,
id. Pis. 32, 81:
damnatum poenam sequi oportebat ut igni cremaretur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 4.—
4.
In clauses of manner, that, so that.
a.
With ita, sic, adeo, tantus, talis, or tam as antecedent (v. hh. vv.;
anteclass. ut qui = ut): Adeon' me fungum fuisse ut qui illi crederem?
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 49.—
b.
With is or hic as antecedent: eos deduxi testes et eas litteras deportavi ut de istius facto dubium esse nemini possit, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 42, § 91:
ejusmodi res publica debet esse ut inimicus neque deesse nocenti possit, neque obesse innocenti (ejusmodi = talis),
id. ib. 2, 3, 69, §
162: eo perducam servum ut in multa liber sit,
Sen. Ben. 3, 19, 2:
non eo loco res humanae sunt ut vobis tantum otii supersit,
id. Vit. Beat. 27, 6:
haec aequitas in tuo imperio fuit, haec praetoris dignitas ut servos Siculorum dominos esse velles,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 38, § 87:
hoc jure sunt socii ut eis ne deplorare quidem de suis incommodis liceat,
id. ib. 2, 2, 27, § 65.—
c.
Without antecedents, so that:
cujus aures clausae veritati sunt ut ab amico verum audire nequeat, hujus salus desperanda est,
Cic. Lael. 24, 90:
in virtute multi sunt ascensus, ut is maxima gloria excellat qui virtute plurimum praestet,
id. Planc. 25, 60:
mons altissimus impendebat ut perpauci prohibere possent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6:
accessit quod Domitius Heraclea iter fecerat, ut ipsa fortuna illum obicere Pompejo videretur,
id. B. C. 3, 79:
pecunia a patre exacta crudeliter, ut divenditis omnibus bonis aliquamdiu trans Tiberim veluti relegatus viveret,
Liv. 3, 13, 10:
fama Gallici belli pro tumultu valuit ut et dictatorem dici placeret,
id. 8, 17, 6:
nihilo minus... magnas percipiendum voluptates, ut fatendum sit, etc.,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 1.—
d.
Idiomat. with non.
(α).
Ut non, when the principal sentence is negative, without: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunam amittere ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem, without dragging, etc., Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
flaminem Quirinalem neque mittere a sacris neque retinere possumus ut non deum aut belli deseramus curam,
Liv. 24, 8, 10:
non ita fracti animi civitatis erant ut non sentirent, etc.,
id. 45, 25, 12:
nusquam oculi ejus flectentur ut non quod indignentur inveniant,
Sen. Ira, 2, 7, 2:
ajunt, nec honeste quemquam vivere ut non jucunde vivat, nec jucunde ut non honeste quoque,
id. Vit. Beat. 6, 3:
nemo in eo quod daturus es gratiam suam facere potest ut non tuam minuat,
id. Ben. 2, 4, 3; cf. also: ut non conferam vitam neque existimationem tuam cum illius;
neque enim est conferenda (= ut omittam conferre),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 45.—
(β).
Non ut, followed by sed quod, causal (= non quod, sed quod;
rare): earum exempla tibi misi non ut deliberarem reddendaene essent, sed quod non dubito, etc.,
not that... but because, Cic. Att. 14, 17, 4:
haec ad te scribo non ut queas tu demere solitudinem, sed, etc.,
id. ib. 11, 15, 3.—Followed by sed ut:
benigne accipe (beneficium): rettulisti gratiam, non ut solvisse te putes, sed ut securior debeas,
Sen. Ben. 2, 35, 5; and in reversed order: quorsum haec praeterita? Quia sequitur illud, etc.;
non ut eas res causam adferrent amoris,
Cic. Fat. 15, 35.—Rarely nedum ut, in the sense of nedum alone, much less that, not to mention that (mostly post-class.; cf.
Zumpt, Gram. § 573): ne voce quidem incommoda, nedum ut illa vis fieret, paulatim permulcendo mansuefecerant plebem,
Liv. 3, 14, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:
quando enim... fama in totam urbem penetrat? nedum ut per tot provincias innotescat,
Tac. Or. 10.—
e.
Conditional or concessive.
(α).
Granting that ( for argument's sake):
quod ut ita sit—nihil enim pugno—quid habet ista res aut laetabile aut gloriosum?
Cic. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:
sed ut haec concedantur, reliqua qui tandem intellegi possunt?
id. N. D. 3, 16, 41:
ut tibi concedam hoc indignum esse, tu mihi concedas necesse est, etc.,
id. Clu. 53, 146:
quae, ut essent vera, conjungi debuerunt,
id. Fin. 4, 15, 40:
quae natura ut uno consensu juncta sit et continens... quid habere mundus potest cum thesauri inventione conjunctum?
id. Div. 2, 14, 33:
nihil est prudentia dulcius, quam, ut cetera auferat, adfert certe senectus,
id. Tusc. 1, 39, 94.—
(β).
Even if, although:
qui (exercitus) si pacis... nomen audiverit, ut non referat pedem, insistet certe,
Cic. Phil. 12, 3, 8:
ut ea pars defensionis relinquatur, quid impediet actionem? etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 34, 108:
ut quaeras omnia, quomodo Graeci ineptum appellant non reperies,
id. de Or. 2, 4, 18:
ut enim neminem alium nisi T. Patinam rogasset, scire potuit, illo ipso die a Milone prodi flaminem,
id. Mil. 17, 46: verum ut hoc non sit, tamen praeclarum spectaculum mihi propono, id. Att. 2, 15; id. Leg. 1, 8, 23; id. Fat. 5, 9; id. Verr. 2, 3, 64, § 151; 2, 1, 45, § 117; id. Planc. 25, 62:
qui, ut non omnis peritissimus sim belli, cum Romanis certe bellare didici,
Liv. 36, 7, 20:
neque equites armis equisque salvis tantum vim fluminis superasse verisimile est, ut jam Hispanos omnes inflati travexerint utres,
id. 21, 47, 5:
at enim, ut jam ita sint haec, quid ad vos, Romani?
id. 34, 32, 13:
ut jam Macedonia deficiat,
id. 42, 12, 10:
cum jam ut virtus vestra transire alio possit, fortuna certe loci hujus transferri non possit,
id. 5, 54, 6; 22, 50, 2; cf.:
ac jam ut omnia contra opinionem acciderent, tamen se plurimum navibus posse,
Caes. B. G. 3, 9:
ut desint vires tamen est laudanda voluntas,
Ov. P. 3, 4, 79:
ut dura videatur appellatio, tamen sola est,
Quint. 3, 8, 25; 6, prooem. 15.—Ut maxime = si maxime:
quaere rationem cur ita videatur: quam ut maxime inveneris... non tu verum testem habere, sed eum non sine causa falsum testimonium dicere ostenderis,
Cic. Ac. 2, 25, 81.—With nihilominus:
quae (res) nihilominus, ut ego absim, confici poterunt,
Cic. Fam. 10, 2, 2.—
(γ).
Provided that:
ambulatiuncula, ut tantum faciamus quantum in Tusculano fecimus, prope dimidio minoris constabit isto loco,
Cic. Att. 13, 39, 2: dabo egenti, sed ut ipse non egeam;
succurram perituro, sed ut ipse non peream,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 1.—
5.
In clauses of purpose (final clauses; distinguished from object clauses with ut; v. C. 1., in which the verb itself contains the idea of purpose, the clause completing the idea of the verb), in order that, so that, so as to.
a.
In gen.:
quin voco, ut me audiat, nomine illam suo?
Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 17:
haec acta res est uti nobiles restituerentur in civitatem,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 51, 149:
intellego, tempus hoc vobis divinitus datum esse ut odio... totum ordinem liberetis,
id. Verr. 1, 15, 43:
Caesar singulis legionibus singulos legatos praefecit uti eos testes suae quisque virtutis haberet,
Caes. B. G. 1, 52.—And with ut ne, instead of ne, lest:
id ut ne fiat, haec res sola est remedio,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 49; v. 1. ne, I. B. 4. a.—Very rarely, ut non for ne, expressing a negative purpose:
ut plura non dicam neque aliorum exemplis confirmem quantum valeat (= ut praeteream),
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; cf. d. a fin. supra.—
b.
Esp., after certain antecedents.
(α).
After id, for the purpose (ante-class.):
id huc reverti uti me purgarem tibi,
Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 28.—
(β).
After idcirco:
idcirco amicitiae comparantur ut commune commodum mutuis officiis gubernetur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 111:
legum idcirco omnes servi sumus ut liberi esse possimus,
id. Clu. 53, 146; id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—
(γ).
After ideo and eo:
non ideo Rhenum insedimus ut Italiam tueremur, sed ne quis, etc.,
Tac. H. 4, 73:
Marionem ad te eo misi ut aut tecum ad me quam primum veniret, aut, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 16, 1, 1.—
(δ).
After ad eam rem, ad hoc, in hoc:
ad eam rem vos delecti estis ut eos condemnaretis quos sectores jugulare non potuissent?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
praebere se facilem ad hoc ut quem obligavit etiam exsolvi velit?
Sen. Ben. 2, 17, 6:
homo natus in hoc ut mores liberae civitatis Persica servitute mutaret,
id. ib. 2, 12, 2.—
(ε).
After ea mente, hac mente:
navis onerarias Dolabella ea mente comparavit ut Italiam peteret,
Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 1:
hac mente laborem Sese ferre senes ut in otia tuta recedant Ajunt,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 30.—
(ζ).
After potius quam:
potius ad delendam memoriam dedecoris, quam ut timorem faciat,
Liv. 6, 28, 8:
potius quodcumque casus ferat passuros, quam ut sprevisse Tarentinos videantur,
id. 9, 14, 8.—
c.
Idiomat.
(α).
With the principal predicate, referring to the conception of the writer, understood; mostly parenthet. = the Engl. inf.: ut in pauca conferam, testamento facto mulier moritur, to be brief, etc., Cic. Caecin. 6, 17:
ecquid tibi videtur, ut ad fabulas veniamus, senex ille Caecilianus minoris facere filium rusticum?
to come to the drama, id. Rosc. Am. 16, 46:
reliquum judicium de judicibus, et, vere ut dicam, de te futurum est,
to tell the truth, id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177:
Murena, si nemini, ut levissime dicam, odio fuit,
to say the least, id. Mur. 40, 87: ut nihil de illo tempore, nihil de calamitate rei publicae [p. 1944] querar, hoc tibi respondeo, etc., not to complain of that time, etc., id. Caecin. 33, 95: quae cum se disposuit, et partibus suis consensit, et, ut ita dicam concinuit, summum bonum tetigit, and, so to speak, chimes in, etc., Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5:
ecce— ut idem in singulos annos orbis volveretur —Hernici nuntiant Volscos et Aequos reficere, etc.,
Liv. 3, 10, 8.—
(β).
Satis ut, enough to (lit. enough for the purpose of):
satis esse magna incommoda accepta ut reliquos casus timerent,
disasters large enough to make them afraid, Caes. B. C. 3, 10.—
(γ).
Quam ut after comparatives, too much to:
quod praeceptum, quia major erat quam ut ab homine videretur, idcirco adsignatum est deo,
too great to come from man, Cic. Fin. 5, 16, 44:
quis non intellegit, Canachi signa rigidiora esse quam ut imitentur veritatem?
id. Brut. 18, 70:
clarior res erat quam ut tegi ac dissimulari posset,
too clear to be covered up, Liv. 26, 51, 11:
potentius jam id malum apparuit quam ut minores per magistratus sedaretur,
id. 25, 1, 11:
est tamen aliquis minor quam ut in sinu ejus condenda sit civitas,
Sen. Ben. 2, 16, 2.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > utei

15 BERA

tote

* * *

I)

(ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.

I.

1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);

bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;

bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;

bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;

2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);

bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;

3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);

4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;

kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;

absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;

the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;

verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;

þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;

borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;

Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;

borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;

5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;

bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;

bera e-n málum, to bear one down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit;

bera e-n sök, to charge one with a fault;

bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;

verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;

borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;

þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;

borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;

6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);

þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;

fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);

of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);

absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;

similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;

bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;

hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?

hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;

bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;

7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);

bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);

bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;

bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;

bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;

bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;

bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;

bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;

bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;

bera e-m vel (illa) söguna, to give a favourable (unfavourable) account of one;

refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);

8) to set forth, report, tell;

bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);

bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;

bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;

bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;

bera upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle;

bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;

bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;

eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;

9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);

bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);

bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;

vel viti borinn, endowed with a good understanding;

bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;

bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;

bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;

10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);

bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;

hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;

bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;

bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;

bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;

bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;

11) with preps.:

bera af e-m, to surpass;

en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;

bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;

bera eld at, to set fire to;

bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;

bera vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons;

bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);

bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);

bera e-t um, to wind round;

þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;

bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;

bera út barn, to expose a child;

12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);

láta af berast, to die;

láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);

berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);

at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;

berast vápn á, to attack one another;

berast at or til, to happen;

þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;

ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;

berast í móti, to happen, occur;

hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;

berast við, to be prevented;

ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;

II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;

1) with acc., it bears or carries one to a place;

alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);

bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;

esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;

þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;

Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;

ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;

e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;

hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);

2) followed by preps.:

Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;

hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;

e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;

Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;

e-t berr á milli, comes between;

leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;

fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;

mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;

veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;

e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;

bera saman, to coincide;

bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;

fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;

fund várn bar saman, we met;

3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;

svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;

þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;

bar honum svá til, it so befell him;

þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;

raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;

4) of time, to fall upon;

ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;

bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;

5) denoting cause;

e-t berr til, causes a thing;

konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;

ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;

berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;

6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;

hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;

e-t berr frá, is surpassing;

er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;

7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;

e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;

8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;

e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);

used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).

II)

(að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).

III)

f. she-bear, = birna.

* * *

1.

u, f.

I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.

II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.

2.

bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].

A. Lat. ferre, portare:

I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.

2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.

3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.

II. without a sense of motion:

1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.

β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.

2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:

α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.

β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.

3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:

α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.

β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.

III. in law terms or modes of procedure:

1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)

2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.

β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.

B. Various and metaph. cases.

I. denoting motion:

1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.

β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.

2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.

II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidence … to do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.

2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.

III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.

IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.

β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.

γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.

C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:

I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.

β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.

γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.

2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.

II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.

2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.

3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.

4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.

β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.

γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.

5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.

β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.

III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.

IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.

D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA

16 EIGA

possess

* * *

I)

(á, átta, áttr), v.

1) to own, possess (Starkaðr átti hest góðan);

2) to have (eiga börn, föður, móður, vin);

eiga konu, to have her for wife;

hann átti Gró, he was married to G.;

hann gekk at eiga Þóru, he took Th. for his wife, he married Th.;

enga vil ek þessa eiga, I will not marry any of these;

eiga heima, to have a home, to live (þeir áttu heima austr í Mörk);

eiga sér e-t = eiga e-t (Höskuldr átti sér dóttur, er Hallgerðr hét);

eiga ván e-s, to have hope of a thing, to reckon upon;

eiga hlut at or í e-u, to have a share in a thing, to be concerned in;

eiga vald á e-u, to have within one’s power;

3) to be under obligation, be obliged, have to do a thing;

tólf menn, þeir er fylgð áttu með konungi, who were bound to attend the king’s person;

á ek þar fyrir at sjá, I am bound (I have) to see to that;

átti Hrútr för í Vestfjorðu, H. had to go to the V.;

4) to have a right (claim) to, be entitled to (eiga högg ok höfn í skóginum);

eiga mál í e-m, to have a charge against one;

eiga rétt á sér, to have a (personal) claim to redress;

5) to keep, hold;

eiga fund, þing, samkvámu, stefnu, to hold a meeting;

eiga kaupstefnu, to hod a market;

eiga orrustu við e-n, to fight a battle with one;

eiga högg við e-n, to exchange blows with one;

eiga illt við e-n, to quarrel with;

eiga tal (or mál) við e-n, to speak, converse with one;

6) as an auxiliary with pp. = hafa (þat er við áttum mælt);

eiga skilit, to have stipulated;

7) to have to (skal Þ. eigi at því eiga at spotta);

eiga hendr sínar it verja, to have to act in self-defence;

eiga um vandræði at halda, to be in a strait;

8) eiga e-m e-t, to owe to one (mun æ, hvat þú átt þeim er veitir);

9) to be the person denoted by a thing;

þat muntu ætla, at ek mun eiga hinn bleika uxann, that the fawn-coloured ox means me;

10) with preps.:

eiga e-t at e-m, to have something due from one, to expect from one (þat vil ek eiga at þér, at þú segir mér frá ferð þinni);

to deserve from one (ok á ek annat at þér);

þeir er mikit þóttust at sér eiga, had much in their power;

eiga e-t eptir, to have to do yet, to have left undone (þat áttu eptir, er erfiðast er, en þat er at deyja);

to leave behind one (andaðist ok átti eptir tvá sonu vaxna);

eiga e-t saman, to own in common;

eiga skap saman, to agree well, be of one mind;

eigi veit ek, hvárt við eigum heill saman, whether we shall live happy together;

eiga saman, to quarrel, = eiga deild saman;

eiga um við e-n, to have to deal with (við brögðótta áttu nú um);

þar sem við vini mína er um at eiga, where my friends are concerned;

eiga e-t undir e-m, to have in another’s hands;

Njáll átti mikit fé undir Starkaði ok í Sandgili, N. had much money out at interest with St. and at Sandgil, er sá eigi vel staddr, er líf sitt á undir þinum trúnaði, whose life depends on thy good faith;

eiga mikit (lítit) undir sér, to have much (little) in one’s power;

far þú við marga menn, svá at þú eigir allt undir þér, that the whole matter rests in thy own hands;

hann sá, at hann átti ekki undir sér, that he had no influence;

eiga við e-n, to have to do with, fight with (brátt fundu þeir, at þeir áttu þar ekki við sinn maka);

ekki á ek þetta við þik, this is no business between thee and me;

eiga gott (illt) við e-n, to be on good (bad) terms with one;

eiga við konu, to have intercourse with, = eiga lag (samræði) við konu;

recipr., eigast við, to deal with one another; fight, quarrel;

eigast við deildir, to be engaged in strife;

áttust þeir höggvaskipti við, they exchanged blows with one another.

II)

f.

1) possession;

kasta sinni eigu, leggja sína eigu, í e-t, to take possession of;

2) property.

* * *

pret. átti; pret. subj. ætti, pres. eigi; pres. ind. á, 2nd pers. átt (irreg. eigr, Dipl. v. 24), pl. eigum, 3rd pers. pl. old form eigu, mod. eiga; imperat. eig and eigðu; sup. átt; with suffixed neg. pres. ind. 1st pers. á’k-at, 2nd pers. átt-attu; pret. subj. ættim-a: [Gr. ἔχω; Goth. aigan; A. S. âgan; Hel. êgan; O. H. G. eigan; Swed. äga; Dan. eje; Engl. to owe and own, of which the former etymologically answers to ‘eiga,’ the latter to ‘eigna’]:—to have, possess.

A. ACT.

I. denoting ownership, to possess:

1. in a proper sense; allt þat góz sem þeir eiga eðr eigandi verða, D. N. i. 80; hann eigr hálfa jörðina, Dipl. v. 24; Björn hljóp þá á skútu er hann átti, Eb. 6; Starkaðr átti hest góðan, Nj. 89; þau áttu gnótt í búi, 257; hón á allan arf eptir mik, 3; átti hón auð fjár, Ld. 20; ef annarr maðr ferr með goðorð en sá er á, Grág. i. 159; annat vápnit, ok á þat Þorbjörn, en Þorgautr á þetta, Ísl. ii. 341; eignir þær er faðir hans hafði átt, Eb. 4; í ríki því er Dana konungar höfðu átt þar lengi, Fms. xi. 301, Rb. 494, Eb. 54, 118, 256, 328, Sturl. ii. 60, Eg. 118; e. saman, to own in common, Grág. i. 199; ef tveir menn eigo bú saman, ii. 44; e. skuld (at e-m), to be in debt, Engl. to owe; en ef hann átti engar skuldir, if he owed no debts, i. 128; þar til átti honum ( owed him) meistari Þorgeirr ok þá mörk, D. N. iv. 288 (Fr.); e. fé undir e-m, to be one’s creditor, Nj. 101; in mod. usage, e. fé hjá e-m, or ellipt., e. hjá e-m.

2. in a special sense;

α. eiga konu, to have her to wife; hann átti Gró, Eb. 16; hann átti Ynghvildi, 3; Þorgerðr er (acc.) átti Vigfúss, … Geirríðr er (acc.) átti Þórólfr, 18; hann gékk at eiga Þóru, he married Thora, id.; Þuríði hafði hann áðr átta, Thorida had been his first wife, 42; enga vil ek þessa e., I will not marry any of these, Nj. 22; Björn átti þá konu er Valgerðr hét, 213, 257; faðir Hróðnýjar er átti Þorsteinn, Landn. 90; Ásdísi átti síðar Skúli, S. was A.’s second husband, 88; Þorgerðr er átti Önundr sjóni, 89; Vigdís er átti Þorbjörn enn digri, 87; Árnþrúðr er átti Þórir hersir, 66; Húngerð er átti Svertingr, 6l, 86, and in numberless passages: old writers hardly ever say that the wife owns her husband—the passages in Edda 109 (vide elja) and Nj. 52 (til lítils kemr mér at eiga hinn vaskasta mann á Íslandi) are extraordinary—owing to the primitive notion of the husband’s ‘jus possessionis’ (cp. brúðkaup); but in mod. usage ‘eiga’ is used indiscriminately of both wife and husband; Icel. even say, in a recipr. sense, eigast, to own one another, to be married: þau áttust, they married; hann vildi ekki at þau ættist, hann bannaði þeim að eigast, he forbade them to marry:—to the ancients such a phrase was almost unknown, and occurs for the first time in K. Á. 114.

β. eiga börn, to have children, of both parents; áttu þau Jófriðr tíu börn, J. and her husband had ten bairns, Eg. 708; hann átti dóttur eina er Unnr hét, Nj. 1; þau Þorsteinn ok Unnr áttu son er Steinn hét, Eb. 10, Nj. 91, 257; áttu þau Þórhildr þrjá sonu, 30; e. móður, föður, to have a mother, father, Eb. 98; vænti ek ok, at þú eigir illan föður, id.

γ. the phrase, e. heima, to have a home; þeir áttu heima austr í Mörk, Nj. 55; því at ek tek eigi heim í kveld, þar sem ek á heima út á Íslandi, 275; in mod. usage = to live, abide, in regard to place, cp. the questions put to a stranger, hvað heitir maðrinn? hvar áttu heima? used in a wider sense than búa.

δ. eiga sér, to have, cp. ‘havde sig’ in Dan. ballads; Höskuldr átti sér dóttur er Hallgerðr hét, Nj. 3; ef hann á sér í vá veru, Hm. 25, (freq. in mod. use.)

3. without strict notion of possession; e. vini, óvini, to have friends, enemies, Nj. 101; hverja liðveizlu skal ek þar e. er þú ert, what help can I reckon upon from thee? 100; e. ván e-s, to have hope of a thing, to reckon upon, 210; e. til, to have left; ekki eigu it annat til ( there is nothing left for you) nema at biðja postulann. Jóh. 623. 22: in mod. usage e. til means to own, to have left; hann á ekkert til, he is void of means, needy; eiga góða kosti fjár, to be in good circumstances, Ísl. ii. 322; e. vald á e-u, to have within one’s power, Nj. 265; the phrase, e. hlut at e-u, or e. hlut í e-u, to have a share, be concerned with; eptir þat átti hann hlut at við mótstöðumenn Gunnars, 101, 120; þar er þú ættir hlut at, where thou wast concerned, 119; mik uggir at hér muni eigi gæfu-menn hlut í e., 179: hence ellipt., e. í e-u, to be engaged in, chiefly of strife, adversity, or the like; thus, e. í stríði, fátaekt, baráttu, to live, be deep in struggle, want, battle, etc.

II. denoting duty, right, due, obligation:

1. to be bound, etc.; þeir menn er fylgð áttu með konungi, the men who owed following to (i. e. were bound to attend) the king’s person, Fms. vii. 240; á ek þar fyrir at sjá, I am bound to see to that, Eg. 318; Tylptar-kviðr átti um at skilja, Eb. 48; þeir spurðu hvárt Njáli þætti nokkut e. at lýsa vígsök Gunnars, Nj. 117; nú áttu, Sigvaldi, now is thy turn, now ought thou, Fms. xi. 109, Fs. 121; menn eigu ( men ought) at spyrja at þingfesti, Grág. i. 19; þá á þann kvið einskis meta, that verdict ought to be void, 59; ef sá maðr á ( owns) fé út hér er ómagann á ( who ought) fram at færa, 270; nú hafa þeir menn jammarga sem þeir eigu, as many as they ought to have, ii. 270; tíunda á maðr fé sitt, … þá á hann þat at tíunda, … þá á hann at gefa sálugjafir, i. 202:—‘eiga’ and ‘skal’ are often in the law used indiscriminately, but properly ‘ought’ states the moral, ‘shall’ the legal obligation,—elska skalt þú föður þinn og móður, þú skalt ekki stela, where ‘átt’ would be misplaced; sometimes it is merely permissive, gefa á maðr vingjafir at sér lifanda, ef hann vill, a man ‘may’ whilst in life bequeath to his friends, if he will, id.; maðr á at gefa barni sínu laungetnu tólf aura, ef hann vill, fyrir ráð skaparfa sinna, en eigi meira nema erfingjar lofi, a man ‘may’ bequeath to the amount of twelve ounces to his illegitimate child without leave of the lawful heir, etc., 203; ef þat á til at vilja, if that is to happen, Fas. i. 11.

2. denoting claim, right, to own, be entitled to, chiefly in law phrases; e. dóm, sakir, to own the case, i. e. be the lawful prosecutor; ok á sá þeirra sakir, er …, Grág. i. 10; eðr eigu þeir eigi at lögum, or if they be not entitled to it, 94; e. mál á e-m, to have a charge against one, Nj. 105; e. rétt á e-u, to own a right; sá sem rétt á á henni, who has a right to her, K. Á. 16; þeir sögðu at þeim þótti slíkr maðr mikinn rétt á sér e., such a man had a strong personal claim to redress, Nj. 105; hence the phrase, eiga öngan rétt á sér, if one cannot claim redress for personal injury; þá eigu þeir eigi rétt á sér, then they have no claim to redress whatever, Grág. i. 261; e. sök, saka-staði á e-u, to have a charge against; þat er hann átti öngva sök á, Nj. 130; saka-staði þá er hann þótti á eiga, 166; kalla Vermund eigi ( not) eiga at selja sik, said V. had no right to sell them, Eb. 116: hence in mod. usage, eiga denotes what is fit and right, þú átt ekki að göra það, you ought not; eg ætti ekki, I ought not: in old writers eiga is seldom strictly used in this sense, but denotes the legal rather than the moral right.

β. eiga fé at e-m (mod. e. hjá e-m), to be one’s creditor, Grág. i. 90, 405, Band. 1 C: metaph. to deserve from one, ok áttu annat at mér, Nj. 113; e. gjafir at e-m, 213; in a bad sense, kváðusk mikit e. at Þráni, they had much against Thrain, 138.

γ. the law phrase, e. útkvæmt, fært, to have the right to return, of a temporary exile, Nj. 251: at hann skyli eigi e. fært út hingat, Grág. i. 119; ok á eigi þingreitt, is not allowed to go to the parliament, ii. 17; e. vígt, Grág., etc.

III. denoting dealings or transactions between men (in a meeting, fight, trade, or the like), to keep, hold; þætti mér ráðliga at vér ættim einn fimtardóm, Nj. 150; e. orrustu við e-n, to fight a battle, Fms. i. 5, Eg. 7; e. högg við e-n, to exchange blows, 297; e. vápna-viðskipti, id., Fms. ii. 17; eiga handsöl at e-u, to shake hands, make a bargain, x. 248; e. ráð við e-n, to consult, hold a conference with, Nj. 127; e. tal við e-n, to speak, converse with one, 129; e. mál við e-n, id., Grág. i. 10; e. fund, to hold a meeting, Nj. 158; e. þing, samkvámu, stefnu, to hold a meeting, Eg. 271; þetta haust áttu menn rétt (a kind of meeting) fjölmenna, Eb. 106; e. kaupstefnu, to hold a market, exchange, 56; e. féránsdóm, Grág. i. 94; e. gott saman, to live well together, in peace and goodwill, Ld. 38; e. illt við e-n, to deal ill with, quarrel with, Nj. 98; e. búisifjar, q. v., of intercourse with neighbours, Njarð. 366; e. drykkju við e-n, to be one’s ‘cup-mate,’ Eg. 253; e. við e-n, to deal with one; ekki á ek þetta við þik, this is no business between thee and me, Nj. 93; gott vilda ek við alla menn e., I would live in goodwill with all, 47; e. við e-n, to fight one; eigum vér ekki við þá elligar (in a hostile sense), else let us not provoke them, 42; eðr hvárt vili it Helgi e. við Lýting einn eðr bræðr hans báða, 154; brátt fundu þeir, at þeir áttu þar eigi við sinn maka, Ld. 64; Glúmr kvað hann ekki þurfa at e. við sik, G. said he had no need to meddle with him, Glúm. 338; e. um að vera, to be concerned; ekki er við menn um at e., Nj. 97; þar sem við vini mína er um at e., where my friends are concerned, 52; við færi er þá um at e., ef Kári er einn, there are fewer to deal with, to fight, if K. be alone, 254; við brögðótta áttu nú um, Fms. v. 263; ætla ek at oss mun léttara falla at e. um við Svein einn, iv. 80; Sveinn svarar, at þeir áttu við ofrefli um at e., that they had to deal with odds, 165.

β. almost as an auxiliary verb; e. skilt (skilit), to have stipulated; hafa gripina svá sem hann átti skill, Fms. vi. 160; þat átta ek skilit við þik, ii. 93; sem Hrani átti skilt, iv. 31; e. mælt, of oral agreement; sem vit áttum mælt með okkr, xi. 40; þá vil ek þat mælt e., 124: in mod. usage e. skilit means to deserve, eg á ekki þetta skilit af hér, etc.

γ. sometimes used much like geta; við því átti Búi eigi gert, B. could not guard against that, Fms. i. 117, cp. xi. 109:—also, e. bágt, to be in a strait, poor, sickly; e. heimilt, to have at one’s disposal, Eb. 254.

IV. to have to do; skal Þorleifr eigi ( not) e. at því at spotta, Eb. 224; e. hendr sínar at verja, to have to defend one’s own hands, to act in self-defence, Nj. 47; e. e-m varlaunað, to stand in debt to one, 181; e. um vandræði at halda, to be in a strait, Eb. 108; e. erindi, to have an errand to run, 250; en er þeir áttu um þetta at tala, when they had to talk, were talking, of this, Stj. 391; e. ríkis at gæta, to have the care of the kingdom, Nj. 126; en þó á ek hverki at telja við þik mægðir né frændsemi, i. e. I am no relation to thee, 213; ok ætti þeir við annan at deila fyrst, 111; e. mikið at vinna, to be much engaged, hard at work, 97; e. e-t eptir, to have left a thing undone, 56; e. för, ferð, to have a journey to take, 11, 12; hann átti þar fé at heimta, 261; e. eptir mikit at mæla, 88.

2. metaph. in the phrases, e. mikit (lítið) ‘at’ ser, or ‘undir’ sér, to have much (or little) in one’s power; margir menn, þeir er mikit þóttusk at sér e., Sturl. i. 64; far þú við marga menn, svá at þú eigir allt undir þér, go with many men, so that thou hast the whole matter in thy hands, Ld. 250; en ávalt átta ek nokkuð undir mér, Vígl. 33; kann vera at hann eigi mikit undir sér, Fas. i. 37; eigum heldr undir oss ( better keep it in our own hands), en ganga í greipar þeim mæðginum, Fs. 37; sem þeir, er ekki eigu undir sér, who are helpless and weak, Þorst. St. 55; e. þykisk hann nokkut undir sér, i. e. he bears himself very proudly, Grett. 122; þetta ráð vil ek undir sonum mínum e., I will leave the matter in my sons’ hands, Valla L. 202; e. líf sitt undir e-m, to have one’s life in another’s hands, Grett. 154; mun ek nú senda eptir mönnum, ok e. eigi undir ójöfnuði hans, and trust him not, 110: hence in mod. usage, e. undir e-u, to risk; eg þori ekki að e. undir því, I dare not risk it: e. saman, to have or own in common; the saying, það á ekki saman nema nafnið, it has nothing but the name in common; rautt gull ok bleikt gull á ekki saman nema nafn eitt, Fms. v. 346: the proverb, þeygi á saman gamalt og ungt, Úlf. 3. 44; e. skap saman, to agree well; kemr þú þér því vel við Hallgerði, at it eigit meir skap saman, you are quite of one mind, Nj. 66; eigi veit ek hvárt við eigum heill saman, I know not whether we shall have luck, i. e. whether we shall live happy, together, 3.

β. to deal with one another (sam-eign); er vér skulum svá miklu úgæfu saman e., that we are to have so much mischief between us, Nj. 201; e. e-t yfir höfði, to have a thing hanging over one’s head, Sks. 742.

V. to agree with, to fit, to suit one:

1. with acc., það á ekki við mig, it suits me not, it agrees not with me.

2. with dat., medic. to agree, heal, the sickness in dat., thus the proverb, margt á við mörgu, cp. ‘similia similibus curantur,’ Vidal. ii. 109.

3. absol. to apply to; at hann skyldi eigi trúa lágum manni rauðskeggjuðum, því at meistarinn átti þetta, the description suited to the master, Fms. xi. 433; þat muntu ætla, at ek muna e. hinn bleika uxann, that the dun ox means me, Vápn. 21.

B. REFLEX., in a reciprocal sense, in the phrase, eigask við, to deal with one another, chiefly to fight; en er þeir höfðu langa hríð við átzk, when they had fought a long time, Eb. 238, 74; eigask við deildir, to be engaged in strife, 246; áttusk þeir höggva-viðskipti við, they came to a close fight, Fms. i. 38; áttusk þeir fá högg við, áðr …, they had a short fight before …, Eg. 297; fátt áttusk þeir við Þjóstólfr ok Þorvaldr, Thostolf and Thorwald had little to do with one another, kept aloof from each other, Nj. 18; var nú kyrt þann dag, svá at þeir áttusk ekki við, tbat day passed quietly, so that they came not to a quarrel, 222.

β. to marry, vide above (A. I. 2).

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > EIGA

17 EYKT

f.

1) half-past three o’clock, p. m. (var þat nær e. dags);

2) time of three hours (þá er þógn hafði verit nær hálfa e.).

* * *

eykð, f. three or half-past three o’clock P. M.; many commentaries have been written upon this word, as by Pal Vídalín Skýr., Finn Johnson in H. E. i. 153 sqq. note 6, and in Horologium, etc. The time of eykð is clearly defined in K. Þ. K. 92 as the time when the sun has past two parts of the ‘útsuðr’ (q. v.) and has one part left, that is to say, half-past three o’clock P. M.: it thus nearly coincides with the eccl. Lat. nona (three o’clock P. M.); and both eykt and nona are therefore used indiscriminately in some passages. Sunset at the time of ‘eykð’ is opposed to sunrise at the time of ‘dagmál,’ q. v. In Norway ‘ykt’ means a luncheon taken about half-past three o’clock. But the passage in Edda—that autumn ends and winter begins at sunset at the time of eykt—confounded the commentators, who believed it to refer to the conventional Icel. winter, which (in the old style) begins with the middle of October, and lasts six months. In the latitude of Reykholt—the residence of Snorri—the sun at this time sets about half-past four. Upon this statement the commentators have based their reasoning both in regard to dagmál and eykt, placing the eykt at half-past four P. M. and dagmál at half-past seven A. M., although this contradicts the definition of these terms in the law. The passage in Edda probably came from a foreign source, and refers not to the Icel. winter but to the astronomical winter, viz. the winter solstice or the shortest day; for sunset at half-past three is suited not to Icel., but to the latitude of Scotland and the southern parts of Scandinavia. The word is also curious from its bearing upon the discovery of America by the ancients, vide Fb. l. c. This sense ( half-past three) is now obsolete in Icel., but eykt is in freq. use in the sense of trihorium, a time of three hours; whereas in the oldest Sagas no passage has been found bearing this sense,—the Bs. i. 385, 446, and Hem. l. c. are of the 13th and 14th centuries. In Norway ykt is freq. used metaph. of all the four meal times in the day, morning-ykt, midday-ykt, afternoon-ykt (or ykt proper), and even-ykt. In old MSS. (Grág., K. Þ. K., Hem., Heið. S.) this word is always spelt eykð or eykþ, shewing the root to be ‘auk’ with the fem. inflex. added; it probably first meant the eke-meal, answering to Engl. lunch, and thence came to mean the time of day at which this meal was taken. The eccl. law dilates upon the word, as the Sabbath was to begin at ‘hora nona;’ hence the phrase, eykt-helgr dagr (vide below). The word can have no relation to átta, eight, or átt, plaga coeli. At present Icel. say, at eykta-mótum, adv. at great intervals, once an eykt, once in three hours.

I. half-past three; þá er eykð er útsuðrs-átt er deild í þriðjunga, ok hefir sól gengna tvá hluti en einn ógenginn, K. Þ. K. 92; net skal öll upp taka fyrir eykð, 90; helgan dag eptir eykð, 88; ef þeir hafa unnit á eykð, 94; enda skal hann undan honum hafa boðit fyrir miðjan dag en hinn skal hafa kosit at eykþ, Grág. i. 198; ok á maðr kost at stefna fyrir eykþ ef vill, 395; í þat mund dags er tók út eyktina, Fms. xi. 136; eptir eykt dags, rendering of the Lat. ‘vix decima parte diei reliqua,’ Róm. 313; þeir gengu til eyktar, ok höfðu farit árla morguns, en er nón var dags, etc., Fs. 176; at eykð dags þá kómu heim húskarlar Barða. Ísl. ii. 329; nú vættir mik at þar komi þér nær eykð dags, 345; var þat nær eykð dags, 349; var hón at veraldligu verki þangat til er kom eykð, þá fór hón til bænar sinnar at nóni, Hom. (St.) 59.

COMPDS: eykðarhelgr, eyktarstaðr, eykðartíð.

II. trihorium; en er liðin var nær ein eykt dags, Bs. i. 446; at þat mundi verit hafa meir en hálf eykt, er hann vissi ekki til sín, 385; þessi flaug vanst um eina eykð dags, Hem. (Hb.)

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > EYKT

18 jeter

jeter [ʒ(ə)te]

➭ TABLE 4

1. transitive verb

   a. ( = lancer) to throw

• jeter qch à qn (pour qu'il l'attrape) to throw sth to sb ; (agressivement) to throw sth at sb

• le cheval l'a jeté à terre the horse threw him

• jeter dehors to throw out

• jeter qn en prison to throw sb into prison

• jeter qch par la fenêtre to throw sth out of the window

• jeter un papier par terre to throw a piece of paper on the ground

• il a jeté son sac par terre he threw down his bag

• jeter les bras autour du cou de qn to throw one's arms round sb's neck

• elle lui jeta un regard plein de mépris she cast a withering look at him

   b. ( = mettre au rebut) to throw away

• jeter qch à la poubelle to throw sth in the dustbin

• jette l'eau sale dans l'évier pour the dirty water down the sink

• se faire jeter (inf) (d'une réunion, entreprise) to get thrown out (de of ) ; (lors d'une requête) to be sent packing (inf)

   c. ( = mettre rapidement) jeter des vêtements dans un sac to throw some clothes into a bag

• jeter une veste sur ses épaules to throw a jacket over one's shoulders

• jeter une idée sur le papier to jot down an idea

   d. ( = établir) [+ fondations] to lay ; [+ pont] to build ( sur over, across)

• jeter les bases d'une nouvelle Europe to lay the foundations of a new Europe

   e. ( = répandre) [+ lueur] to give out ; [+ ombre] to cast ; [+ cri] to utter

• jeter l'effroi parmi to sow alarm and confusion among

• jeter le trouble dans les esprits ( = perturber) to disturb people ; ( = rendre perplexe) to sow confusion in people's minds

• sa remarque a jeté un froid his remark put a damper on things

• elle en jette, cette voiture ! (inf) that's some car! (inf)

   f. ( = dire) to say

• « et pourquoi pas ? » jeta-t-il "and why not?", he said

2. reflexive verb

► se jeter

   a. ( = s'élancer)

se jeter par la fenêtre to throw o.s. out of the window

• se jeter à l'eau to jump into the water ; (figurative) to take the plunge

• se jeter à la tête de qn to throw o.s. at sb

• se jeter dans les bras/aux pieds de qn to throw o.s. into sb's arms/at sb's feet

• un chien s'est jeté sous mes roues a dog ran out in front of my car

• il s'est jeté sous un train he threw himself under a train► se jeter sur [+ personne] to rush at ; [+ lit] to throw o.s. onto ; [+ téléphone] to rush to ; [+ journal, roman] to pounce on ; [+ occasion, solution] to jump at

   b. [rivière] to flow ( dans into)

• l'Arve se jette dans le Rhône the Arve flows into the Rhône

   c. [+ projectiles] to throw at each other

   d. ( = boire) (inf!) on va s'en jeter un ? let's have a quick one (inf)

* * *
ʒəte
1.

verbe transitif

1) ( lancer) to throw [caillou, dé]; ( avec force) to hurl, to fling [objet]

jeter quelque chose à quelqu'un — ( pour qu'il l'attrape) to throw something to somebody; (pour faire mal, peur) to throw something at somebody

jeter quelque chose par terre/en l'air — to throw something to the ground/(up) in the air

jeter le buste en avant/la tête en arrière — to throw one's chest out/one's head back

2) ( placer rapidement) to throw ( dans into; sur over); ( étaler)

jeter une couverture sur un blessé — to throw a blanket over an injured person

jeter quelques idées sur le papier — fig to jot down a few ideas

3) ( mettre au rebut) to throw away ou out

jeter quelque chose à la poubelle — to throw something out

être bon à jeter — to be fit for the bin GB ou the garbage US; fenêtre

4) ( expédier)

jeter quelqu'un dehors/par la fenêtre — to throw somebody out/out of the window

jeter quelqu'un en prison — to throw somebody in jail

se faire jeter — (colloq) to get thrown out

jeter quelqu'un — (colloq) to throw somebody out

5) ( émettre) to give [cri]

jeter un vif éclat — to shine brightly

en jeter — (colloq) [personne, voiture] to be quite something (colloq)

6) ( construire) to lay [fondations]

7) ( causer) to create [confusion]; to cause [consternation]; to sow [terreur]

jeter l'émoi dans la ville — to throw the town into turmoil

8) ( plonger)

jeter quelqu'un dans — to throw somebody into [despair]

9) ( lancer en paroles) to hurl [insultes] ( à quelqu'un to somebody)

‘tu es fou,’ jeta-t-elle — ‘you must be mad,’ she said

jeter quelques commentaires — ( dans une discussion) to put in a few comments

jeter à la tête or au visage de quelqu'un — to throw [something] in somebody's face [vérité, défi]

2.

se jeter verbe pronominal

1) ( se précipiter) [personne] to throw oneself

se jeter dans les bras de quelqu'un — to throw oneself into somebody's arms

se jeter sur — to fall upon [adversaire]; to pounce on [proie, nourriture, journal]

se jeter au cou de quelqu'un — to fling oneself around somebody's neck

se jeter à l'eau — lit to jump into the water; fig to take the plunge

se jeter tête baissée dans quelque chose — to rush headlong into something

2) ( être jetable) to be disposable

3) ( être mis au rebut) to be disposed of

4) [cours d'eau] to flow ( dans into)

••

n'en jetez plus (la cour est pleine) — (colloq) hold your horses (colloq)

* * *
ʒ(ə)te vt
1) (= lancer) to throw

Il a jeté son manteau sur le lit. — He threw his coat on the bed.

jeter qch à qn — to throw sth to sb

jeter qn dehors — to throw sb out

jeter qn en prison — to throw sb into prison

jeter un sort à qn — to cast a spell on sb

jeter l'effroi parmi — to spread fear among

2) (= se défaire de) [ordures, vieilleries] to throw away, to throw out

Mes parents ne jettent jamais rien. — My parents never throw anything away.

3) (mouvement)

jeter les bras en avant — to throw one's arms forward

jeter la tête en arrière — to throw one's head back

4) (= émettre) [son, lueur] to give out

5) NAVIGATION

jeter l'ancre — to cast anchor

6) (autres locutions)

jeter un coup d'œil à — to take a look at, to glance at

jeter l'éponge fig — to throw in the towel

jeter des fleurs à qn fig — to say lovely things to sb, to shower sb with compliments

jeter la pierre à qn — to point the finger at sb

* * *

jeter verb table: jeter

A vtr

1 ( lancer) to throw [caillou, dé]; ( avec force) to hurl, fling [objet]; jeter qch à qn ( pour qu'il l'attrape) to throw sth to sb; (pour faire mal, peur) to throw sth at sb; jeter un os à un chien to throw a dog a bone; jeter une assiette à la tête de qn to throw a plate at sb; jeter qch par terre/sur la table/en l'air to throw sth to the ground/on the table/(up) in the air; jeter une bûche dans la cheminée to throw a log on the fire; jeter les bras autour du cou de qn to throw ou fling one's arms around sb's neck; jeter le buste en avant/la tête en arrière to throw one's chest out/one's head back;

2 ( placer rapidement) to throw (dans into; sur over); ( étaler) jeter une couverture sur un matelas/un blessé to throw a blanket over a mattress/an injured person; jeter une lettre à la boîte to drop a letter into the letter-box; jeter quelques idées sur le papier fig to jot down a few ideas;

3 ( se débarrasser) to throw away ou out [vieilleries, ordures]; jeter qch à la poubelle to throw sth out, to throw sth in the bin GB ou the garbage US; être bon à jeter to be fit for the bin GB ou the garbage US; ⇒ froc;

4 ( expédier) jeter qn dehors/par la fenêtre to throw sb out/out of the window; jeter qn en prison to throw sb in jail; jeter bas to flatten [adversaire, immeuble]; se faire jeter○ to get thrown out; jeter qn○ to throw sb out;

5 ( émettre) to give [cri]; to throw [lumière, ombre]; to cast [reflet]; jeter un vif éclat to shine brightly; jeter mille feux to sparkle; en jeter○ [personne, voiture] to be quite something○; ⇒ vu F;

6 ( construire) to build [pont]; to forge [lien]; to lay [fondations]; jeter un pont sur un cours d'eau to bridge a river, to throw a bridge across a river;

7 ( causer) to create [confusion] (dans in; parmi among); to cause [consternation]; to sow [terreur]; to instil^GB [vie]; jeter l'émoi dans la ville to throw the town into turmoil;

8 ( plonger) jeter qn dans to throw sb into; jeter qn dans le désespoir to throw sb into despair; jeter le pays dans le désordre to throw the country into chaos;

9 ( lancer en paroles) to hurl [insultes] (à qn to sb); ‘tu es fou,’ jeta-t-elle ‘you must be mad,’ she said; jeter quelques commentaires ( dans une discussion) to put in a few comments; jeter qch à la tête or au visage de qn to throw sth in sb's face [vérité, défi].

B se jeter vpr

1 ( se précipiter) [personne] to throw oneself; se jeter du haut d'un pont/par la fenêtre/dans le canal to throw oneself off a bridge/out of the window/into the canal; se jeter aux pieds de qn/dans les bras de qn to throw oneself at sb's feet/into sb's arms; se jeter sur to fall upon [adversaire]; to pounce on [proie, nourriture, journal]; se jeter au cou de qn to fling oneself around sb's neck; se jeter à l'eau lit to jump into the water; fig to take the plunge; (aller) se jeter contre un arbre [conducteur, voiture] to drive headlong into a tree; se jeter tête baissée dans qch to rush headlong into sth; se jeter à la tête de qn to throw oneself at sb; ⇒ cravate;

2 ( être jetable) to be disposable;

3 ( être mis au rebut) to be disposed of; où est-ce que les bouteilles se jettent? where do the bottles ou empties○ go?;

4 [cours d'eau] to flow (dans into).

Idiome

n'en jetez plus (la cour est pleine)○ hold your horses○.

[ʒəte] verbe transitif

1. [lancer - balle, pierre] to throw

elle m'a jeté la balle she threw me the ball, she threw the ball to me

jeter quelque chose par terre to throw something down (on the ground)

ne jetez pas de papiers par terre don't drop litter

elle lui a jeté sa lettre à la figure she threw the letter in his face

n'en jetez plus!

a. (familier) you're making me blush!, don't overdo it!

b. (ironique) give it a rest!

2. [avec un mouvement du corps] to throw

l'enfant jeta ses bras autour de mon cou the child threw ou flung his arms around my neck

jeter un (coup d')œil sur ou à quelque chose to have a (quick) look at something, to glance at something

jette un œil sur les enfants pendant mon absence keep an eye on the children while I'm out

3. [émettre - étincelle] to throw ou to give out (separable) ; [ - lumière] to cast, to shed ; [ - ombre] to cast ; [ - son] to let ou to give out (separable)

en jeter (familier) : elle en jette, ta moto! (familier) that's some ou a neat bike you've got there!

4. [dire brusquement]

la petite phrase jetée par le ministre aux journalistes the cryptic remark the minister threw at the press

elle leur jeta à la figure qu'ils étaient des incapables she told them straight (to their faces) that they were incompetent

jeter des injures à la tête de quelqu'un to hurl ou to fling insults at somebody

[écrire rapidement] to jot down (separable), to scribble (down)

5. [mettre] to throw

jeter quelqu'un dehors ou à la porte to throw somebody out

jeter quelqu'un à terre to throw somebody down ou to the ground

jeter quelqu'un en prison to throw somebody into jail ou prison

jeter quelqu'un à l'eau

a. [à la piscine, sur la plage] to throw somebody in ou into the water

b. [d'un bateau] to throw somebody overboard

jeter quelque chose par la fenêtre to throw something out of the window

jeter un châle sur ses épaules to throw on a shawl

la statue du dictateur a été jetée bas the dictator's statue was hurled to the ground

se faire jeter (familier) [expulser] to get kicked out

ce n'est pas le moment de lui demander, tu vas te faire jeter! now is not the time to ask him, he'll just send you away (with a flea in your ear)!

6. [mettre au rebut - ordures, vêtements] to throw away ou out (separable)

jeter quelque chose à la poubelle to throw something into the (dust)bin

jette l'eau dans le caniveau pour the water (out) into the gutter

il ne faut jamais rien jeter waste not want not (proverbe)

c'est bon à jeter it's fit for the (dust)bin (UK) ou trashcan (US)

jeter le bébé avec l'eau du bain to throw the baby out with the bathwater

7. [plonger - dans un état, dans une humeur]

jeter quelqu'un dans l'embarras to throw ou to plunge somebody into confusion

8. [établir - fondations] to lay ; [ - passerelle] to set up ; [ - pont] to throw

jeter les fondements d'une loi/politique to lay the foundations of a law/policy

[maille] to make

9. [répandre - doute] to cast

jeter le discrédit sur quelqu'un/quelque chose to cast discredit on somebody/something, to discredit somebody/something

jeter le trouble chez quelqu'un to disturb ou to trouble somebody

10. (familier) [expulser]

on a essayé d'aller en boîte mais on s'est fait jeter par un videur we tried to get into a nightclub but got thrown out by a bouncer

il s'est fait jeter par son père [verbalement] his father sent him packing

————————

[ʒəte] verbe intransitif

(familier) avoir de l'allure

ça jette! it looks fantastic!

————————

se jeter verbe pronominal (emploi passif)

un rasoir qui se jette a disposable razor

————————

se jeter verbe pronominal intransitif

1. [sauter] to throw ou to hurl oneself, to leap

se jeter dans le vide to throw oneself ou to hurl oneself into empty space

se jeter par la fenêtre to throw oneself out of the window

se jeter de côté to leap aside, to take a sideways leap

se jeter à l'eau

a. (sens propre) to leap into the water

b. (figuré) to take the plunge

2. [se précipiter] to rush (headlong)

se jeter sur quelqu'un to set about ou to pounce on somebody

les chiens se sont jetés sur la viande the dogs fell on the meat

les gens se sont jetés sur le buffet the people fell on the food

elle se jeta sur son lit she threw herself on (to) her bed

elle se jeta dans un taxi she leapt into a taxi

vous vous êtes tous jetés sur la question B you all went for question B

3. [commencer]

se jeter dans: se jeter à corps perdu dans une aventure to fling oneself body and soul into an adventure

4. [cours d'eau] to run ou to flow into

là où la Marne se jette dans la Seine where the river Marne flows ou runs into the Seine

————————

se jeter verbe pronominal transitif

(très familier & locution)

s'en jeter un (derrière la cravate) to have a quick drink ou a quick one

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > jeter

19 rencontrer

rencontrer [ʀɑ̃kɔ̃tʀe]

➭ TABLE 1

1. transitive verb

   a. to meet

• mon regard rencontra le sien our eyes met

   b. ( = trouver) [+ expression] to find ; [+ occasion] to meet with

• des gens comme on n'en rencontre plus the sort of people you don't find any more

• arrête-toi au premier garage que nous rencontrerons stop at the first garage you come across

   c. [+ obstacle, difficulté, opposition] to encounter

   d. ( = heurter) to strike ; ( = toucher) to meet

• la lame rencontra un os the blade struck a bone

• sa main ne rencontra que le vide his hand met with nothing but empty space

   e. [+ équipe, joueur] to meet

2. reflexive verb

► se rencontrer

   a. [personnes] to meet

• faire se rencontrer deux personnes to arrange for two people to meet

• nous nous sommes déjà rencontrés we have already met

   b. ( = exister) to be found

• c'est une maladie qui se rencontre surtout chez les femmes it's an illness found mainly in women

* * *
ʀɑ̃kɔ̃tʀe
1.

verbe transitif

1) ( voir) to meet [personne]

rencontrer quelqu'un sur son chemin — to come across somebody

2) ( faire connaissance avec) to meet [personne]

3) ( être en présence de) to meet with [réaction, opposition]; to encounter [obstacle, problème]

ma main a rencontré la sienne — my hand met his/hers

4) ( trouver) [personne] to come across [objet, personne, mot]

5) Sport to meet, to play [joueur, équipe]; to meet GB, to fight [boxeur]

2.

se rencontrer verbe pronominal

1) (se voir, faire connaissance) to meet

leurs yeux se rencontrèrent — their eyes met

2) ( se trouver) [qualité, objet, personne] to be found

3) Sport [joueurs, équipes] to meet, to play each other

* * *
ʀɑ̃kɔ̃tʀe vt
1) [personne] to meet

2) (= trouver) [mot, expression] to come across, [difficultés, résistance] to meet with

* * *

rencontrer verb table: aimer

A vtr

1 ( voir) to meet [personne]; le président a rencontré son homologue américain hier the president met his American counterpart yesterday; rencontrer sur son chemin to come across;

2 ( faire connaissance avec) to meet [personne]; je l'ai rencontrée en 1965 I met her in 1965;

3 ( être en présence de) to meet with [réaction, opposition]; [personne] to find [amour, sympathie]; to encounter [obstacle, problème]; [objet mobile] to hit [personne, mur, objet]; ma main a rencontré la sienne my hand met his/hers;

4 ( trouver) [personne] to come across [qualité, objet, personne]; on ne rencontre pas souvent des gens aussi généreux you don't often come across ou meet such generous people;

5 Sport to meet, to play [joueur, équipe]; to meet GB, to fight [boxeur].

B se rencontrer vpr

1 ( se voir) to meet; je propose que nous nous rencontrions demain I suggest that we meet tomorrow;

2 ( faire connaissance) to meet; nous nous sommes rencontrés au Caire we met in Cairo;

3 ( être en présence) [yeux, mains] to meet; leurs yeux se rencontrèrent their eyes met;

4 ( se trouver) [qualité, objet, personne] to be found; genre de générosité/vase qui se rencontre rarement kind of generosity/vase which is seldom found; ça se rencontre rarement, des gens aussi doués you don't often come across such gifted people;

5 Sport [joueurs, équipes] to meet, to play each other.

Idiome

les grands esprits se rencontrent Prov great minds think alike Prov.

[rɑ̃kɔ̃tre] verbe transitif

1. [croiser] to meet, to encounter (soutenu)

[faire la connaissance de] to meet

je l'ai rencontré (par hasard) au marché I met him (by chance) ou ran into him at the market

je lui ai fait rencontrer quelqu'un qui peut l'aider professionnellement I've put him in touch with somebody who can offer him professional help

2. [donner audience à] to meet, to have a meeting with

3. [affronter] to meet

SPORT to play against (inseparable), to meet

4. [heurter] to strike, to hit

5. [trouver] to meet with, to come across

sans rencontrer la moindre résistance without meeting with ou experiencing the least resistance

rencontrer l'amour/Dieu to find love/God

————————

se rencontrer verbe pronominal (emploi réciproque)

1. [se trouver en présence] to meet

c'est elle qui les a fait se rencontrer she arranged for them to meet

comme on se rencontre! it's a small world!

2. SPORT to play (against), to meet

3. [se rejoindre - fleuves] to meet, to join ; [ - routes] to meet, to merge

leurs yeux ou regards se sont rencontrés their eyes met

————————

se rencontrer verbe pronominal (emploi passif)

un homme intègre, ça ne se rencontre pas souvent it's not often you come across ou meet an honest man

(tournure impersonnelle)

il se rencontrera toujours des gens pour nier la vérité you will always find people who deny the truth

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > rencontrer

20 suspendu

suspendu, e [syspɑ̃dy]

past participle of suspendre adjective

   a. ( = accroché) suspendu au plafond hanging from the ceiling

• suspendu dans le vide suspended in mid air

• être suspendu aux lèvres de qn to be hanging on sb's every word

   b. [séance] adjourned ; [employé] suspended

* * *

suspendue syspɑ̃dy adjectif

1) lit hanging (à from; par by)

2) fig

être suspendu aux lèvres de quelqu'un — to be hanging on somebody's every word

des maisons suspendues au-dessus de la vallée — houses perched above the valley

* * *
syspɑ̃dy suspendu, -e
1. pp

See:

suspendre

2. adj

1) (= accroché)

suspendu à — hanging from

suspendu au-dessus de — suspended over

2) AUTOMOBILES

bien suspendu — with good suspension

mal suspendu — with poor suspension

* * *

suspendu, suspendue

A pp ⇒ suspendre.

B pp adj [vêtements, lustre, tableau, jambon] hanging (à from; par by); être suspendu aux lèvres de qn to be hanging on sb's every word; être suspendu au regard de qn to gaze into sb's eyes; des maisons suspendues au-dessus de la vallée houses perched above the valley.

( féminin suspendue) [syspɑ̃dy] adjectif

1. CONSTRUCTION hanging (modificateur)

2. TRAVAUX PUBLICS [pont] suspension (modificateur)

3. AUTOMOBILE

voiture bien/mal suspendue car with good/bad suspension

4. BOTANIQUE suspended

5. GÉOGRAPHIE

vallée suspendue hanging valley

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > suspendu

Страницы

Следующая →

1

2

См. также в других словарях:

vide — [ vid ] adj. et n. m. • 1762; vuide XIIIe; du fém. de l a. fr. vuit (1080); lat. pop. °vocitus, de vocuus, vacuus→ vacuité I ♦ Adj. 1 ♦ Qui ne contient rien de perceptible; dans lequel il n y a ni solide, ni liquide. Espace vide entre deux choses … Encyclopédie Universelle

vidé — vide [ vid ] adj. et n. m. • 1762; vuide XIIIe; du fém. de l a. fr. vuit (1080); lat. pop. °vocitus, de vocuus, vacuus→ vacuité I ♦ Adj. 1 ♦ Qui ne contient rien de perceptible; dans lequel il n y a ni solide, ni liquide. Espace vide entre deux… … Encyclopédie Universelle

Regard dur — Regard Le regard désigne le mouvement ou la direction des yeux vers un objet et, par métaphore, la capacité intellectuelle d un individu à appréhender une situation. Le regard est un support important de la communication entre individus y compris … Wikipédia en Français

Regard impitoyable — Regard Le regard désigne le mouvement ou la direction des yeux vers un objet et, par métaphore, la capacité intellectuelle d un individu à appréhender une situation. Le regard est un support important de la communication entre individus y compris … Wikipédia en Français

Regard vers Dieu — Regard Le regard désigne le mouvement ou la direction des yeux vers un objet et, par métaphore, la capacité intellectuelle d un individu à appréhender une situation. Le regard est un support important de la communication entre individus y compris … Wikipédia en Français

Regard vers le bas — Regard Le regard désigne le mouvement ou la direction des yeux vers un objet et, par métaphore, la capacité intellectuelle d un individu à appréhender une situation. Le regard est un support important de la communication entre individus y compris … Wikipédia en Français

Regard vers le ciel — Regard Le regard désigne le mouvement ou la direction des yeux vers un objet et, par métaphore, la capacité intellectuelle d un individu à appréhender une situation. Le regard est un support important de la communication entre individus y compris … Wikipédia en Français

Regard vers le haut — Regard Le regard désigne le mouvement ou la direction des yeux vers un objet et, par métaphore, la capacité intellectuelle d un individu à appréhender une situation. Le regard est un support important de la communication entre individus y compris … Wikipédia en Français

Regard vicieux — Regard Le regard désigne le mouvement ou la direction des yeux vers un objet et, par métaphore, la capacité intellectuelle d un individu à appréhender une situation. Le regard est un support important de la communication entre individus y compris … Wikipédia en Français

regard — [ r(ə)gar ] n. m. • regart 980; de regarder 1 ♦ Action, manière de diriger les yeux vers un objet, afin de le voir; expression des yeux de la personne qui regarde. Le regard humain. « Les voleurs, les espions, les amants, les diplomates, enfin… … Encyclopédie Universelle

VIDE ET PLEIN (symbolique) — VIDE & PLEIN, symbolique Cette opposition ne dérive en rien de l’empirie, elle constitue une catégorie a priori de l’imagination. À travers l’imaginaire du plein et du vide, nous investissons la réalité selon les trois plans de la connaissance:… … Encyclopédie Universelle

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

regard+m+vide

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

regard+m+vide

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: